Plasma Application Library Manual
Plasma Application Library Manual
Plasma Application Library Manual
Contact Information
Visit the Contact COMSOL page at www.comsol.com/contact to submit general
inquiries, contact Technical Support, or search for an address and phone number. You can
also visit the Worldwide Sales Offices page at www.comsol.com/contact/offices for
address and contact information.
If you need to contact Support, an online request form is located at the COMSOL Access
page at www.comsol.com/support/case. Other useful links include:
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
This model simulates electrical breakdown in an atmospheric pressure gas. Because
electrical breakdown is a complicated process, a 1D model is considered. To highlight the
physics of the breakdown process, this example uses a simple argon chemistry which keeps
the number of species and reactions to a minimum.
Model Definition
The operating principle for a dielectric barrier discharge is as follows: there is a small gap
filled with a gas in between two dielectric plates. The gap between the two dielectric plates
is typically less than one millimeter. On one of the dielectric plates, a sinusoidal voltage is
applied. The other plate is electrically grounded. As the voltage applied to the top plate
increases, a stronger electric field forms in the gap between the plates. Any free electrons
in the gap1 are accelerated and if the electric field is strong enough they may acquire
enough energy to cause ionization. This can lead to a cascade effect where the number of
electrons in the gap increases exponentially on a nanosecond timescale. Electrons created
via electron impact ionization rush towards one of the dielectric plates, in the opposite
direction to the electric field. An equal number of ions are also generated during electron
impact ionization (electrons and ions must be created in equal pairs to preserve the overall
charge balance). The ions rush toward the opposite dielectric plate in the same direction
as the electric field. As a result, surface charge with opposite sign accumulates on both
dielectric plates. This causes the electric field to become shielded from the gas filled gap.
In fact, the electric field across the gap cannot exceed the breakdown electric field, which
is highly dependent on the gas. The breakdown electric field is also a function of the
surface properties of the dielectric material. Surface charge accumulation temporarily
terminates the discharge until the field reverses direction and the process repeats in the
opposing direction.
Modeling dielectric barrier discharges in more than one dimension is, of course possible,
but the results can be difficult to interpret due to the amount of competing physics in the
problem. In this simple model the problem is reduced to 1D by assuming the dielectric
gap is much smaller than the diameter of the plates. It also allows us to quickly gain some
insight into the characteristics of the discharge without excessive computation time.
V = V0sin(t)
Dielectric
Dielectric
Ground
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( n ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] = R
t e e e e e e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n e = --- e, th n e
1
2 p ( p n ) (1)
p
n = --- e, th n
5
6 p p ( p n ) (2)
p
The second term on the right-hand side of Equation 1 is the gain of electrons due to
secondary emission effects, p being the secondary emission coefficient. The second term
in Equation 2 is the secondary emission energy flux, p being the mean energy of the
secondary electrons. For the heavy species, ions are lost to the wall due to surface reactions
and the fact that the electric field is directed toward the wall:
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
Surface charge accumulation is added to the dielectric surfaces that are adjacent to the gap
where the plasma forms by way of the following boundary condition:
n ( D1 D 2 ) = s
where s is the surface charge density, which is computed by solving the following
distributed ODE on the surfaces:
d s
= n Ji + n Je
dt
where n Ji is the normal component of the total ion current density at the wall, and n
Je is the normal component of the total electron current density at the wall.
The discharge is driven by a sinusoidal electric potential applied to the exterior boundary
of one of the dielectric plates:
V = V 0 sin ( t )
where the applied peak voltage, V0 is 750 V and the angular frequency, the RF frequency
being 50 kHz. The exterior boundary of the other dielectric plate is grounded.
Initially a small number of seed electrons are present. These are necessary in order to
initiate the discharge on the first RF cycle. In addition to the volumetric reactions, the
following surface reactions are implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
When the ions reach the wall they are assumed to change back to neutral argon atoms and
donate their charge to the wall.
The mass fraction of excited argon atoms is plotted in Figure 2. The excited species have
a much longer lifetime in the gap than the electrons or ions. This is because the primary
mechanism for destruction of excited argon species is de-excitation upon contact with the
wall. The excited argon atoms can only reach the wall via diffusion whereas the electrons
and ions reach the wall very rapidly due to migration. It is also apparent from Figure 2 that
Start up
cycle
The electric potential is plotted in Figure 3. The voltage is relatively uniform across the
discharge gap. This can be seen more clearly by examining the electric field in Figure 4.
There is a much stronger electric field in the dielectric materials than in the gap. This is
because the surface charge which accumulates on the dielectric surfaces tends to shield out
the electric field.
Figure 4: Electric field across the gap (x-axis) vs. time (y-axis).
J = 0
t
where J is the total plasma current density (SI unit: A/m2), and is the space charge
density (SI unit: C/m3). Since electrons and ions are created in equal pairs the time
derivative of the space charge density should be approximately zero. For this 1D model,
this means the total current density must be constant across the gap at any snapshot in
time. In Figure 7, the current density due to electrons (left) and ions (right) is plotted.
The current density is not symmetric because of the different secondary emission
coefficients used on the dielectric surfaces.
Figure 7: Plot of the electron current density (left) and the ion current density (right) in the
discharge, excluding the first RF cycle.
The total plasma current density is plotted in Figure 8. As expected, the total current
density is constant across the gap at any point in time.
The total current at the grounded electrode is plotted in Figure 9. In the absence of the
plasma, the current would be a perfect cosine wave. However, the presence of the plasma
and flow of charged particles leads to a non-sinusoidal current waveform. The
instantaneously absorbed power in the plasma is plotted in Figure 10. Time averaging this
over 1 RF cycle yields the power absorbed by the plasma. The power is around 16.7 W on
one half cycle and 17.7 W on the other half cycle. The difference is because the secondary
emission coefficients are different on the upper and lower plates.
Figure 10: Plot of power vs. time for the dielectric barrier discharge.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Plasma (plas).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
You start by defining the geometry for the problem. This model has a simple 1D geometry
consisting of 3 domains. Two dielectric domains and a gap where the plasma forms.
Interval 1 (i1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
3 From the Number of intervals list, choose Many.
4 In the Points text field, type -1e-4, 0, 2e-4, 3e-4.
5 Click Build All Objects.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
Now add the charge conservation to the dielectric materials. This means that only a
charge conservation equation is solved in the dielectric material and all the plasma
components are solved for in the gap between the dielectrics.
PLASMA (PLAS)
Charge Conservation 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Charge Conservation.
2 Select Domains 1 and 3 only.
Load in the argon cross sections from file. They form the basis of the plasma chemistry
under investigation.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Species: Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the x0 text field, type 1e-11.
4 From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Now let the initial number density of Argon ions be the same as the initial number of
electrons. This forces the plasma to be initially charge neutral.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Electron Density and Energy section.
3 In the eNn text field, type mueN.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the ne, 0 text field, type 1e6.
4 In the 0 text field, type 5.
Secondary emission of electrons is important when studying discharge curves from
DBDs. In this example you add a higher secondary emission coefficient on the left wall.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
4 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
5 Locate the Secondary Emission Parameters section. In the i text field, type 0.01.
6 In the i text field, type 2.5.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
4 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
5 Locate the Secondary Emission Parameters section. In the i text field, type 1E-6.
6 In the i text field, type 2.5.
Surface Reaction 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 Select Boundaries 2 and 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
4 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
Terminal 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Terminal.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Terminal, locate the Terminal section.
4 In the Terminal name text field, type electrode.
5 In the V0 text field, type Vrf.
Now assign the relative permittivity to the dielectric material and the air gap where the
plasma forms.
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Materials right-click Material
1 (mat1) and choose Rename.
2 In the Rename Material dialog box, type Dielectric 1 in the New label text field.
3 Click OK.
4 Select Domains 1 and 3 only.
MESH 1
There must be sufficient mesh density to resolve the sharp gradients in the electron and
ion density in the gap. Therefore you specify that there are 200 elements across the width
of the gap.
1 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
2 From the Element size list, choose Extremely fine.
3 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose Edge.
Edge 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Edge 1 and
choose Distribution.
Distribution 1
1 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Domain Selection section.
2 Click Clear Selection.
3 Select Domain 2 only.
4 Locate the Distribution section. From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined
distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 200.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 5.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
9 Click Build All.
STUDY 1
RESULTS
Parametric Extrusion 1D 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Parametric Extrusion 1D.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Extrusion 1D, locate the Settings section.
3 Clear the Separate levels check box.
Now create a new parametric dataset which ignores the first startup RF cycle so the
current density can be visualized later
Parametric Extrusion 1D 2
1 Right-click Parametric Extrusion 1D 1 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Extrusion 1D, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time selection list, choose From list. In the Times (s) list, choose 1E-5 through
1E-4.
2D Plot Group 4
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Excited Argon Mass Fraction in
the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mass fractions>plas.wArs - Mass fraction.
2 On the Excited Argon Mass Fraction toolbar, click Plot.
3 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electric Potential node, then click
Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Electrostatics)>
Electric>V - Electric potential.
3 On the Electric Potential toolbar, click Plot.
Electric Potential
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electric Potential and choose
Duplicate.
Electric Potential 1
In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Electric Field in the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electric Field node, then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Electrostatics)>
Electric>Electric field>plas.Ex - Electric field, x component.
3 On the Electric Field toolbar, click Plot.
Electric Field
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electric Field and choose Duplicate.
Electric Field 1
In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Electron Density in the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electron Density node, then click
Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron density>plas.ne - Electron density.
Electron Density
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electron Density and choose
Duplicate.
Electron Density 1
In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Mean Electron Energy in the Label text
field.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Mean Electron Energy node, then click
Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron energy density>plas.ebar - Mean electron energy.
3 On the Mean Electron Energy toolbar, click Plot.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electron Current Density node, then
click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Current>Electron current density>plas.Jelx - Electron current density, x component.
3 On the Electron Current Density toolbar, click Plot.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Argon Ion Current Density node, then
click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Species>Species wAr_1p>Ion current density>plas.Jix_wAr_1p - Ion current
density, x component.
3 On the Argon Ion Current Density toolbar, click Plot.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Total Conduction Current Density node,
then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type plas.Jix_wAr_1p+plas.Jelx.
4 On the Total Conduction Current Density toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 12
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Terminal Current in the Label text
field.
Global 1
1 On the Terminal Current toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Electrostatics)>
plas.I_electrode - Current, Terminal electrode.
3 On the Terminal Current toolbar, click Plot.
Global 1
1 On the Total Power Deposition toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma>Power and
collisions>plas.Pcap_tot - Total capacitive power deposition.
3 On the Total Power Deposition toolbar, click Plot.
Global Evaluation 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click Global Evaluation.
Use the timeavg operator to compute the time averaged power deposition for cycles
2-10.
2 In the Settings window for Global Evaluation, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Expressions section. In the table, enter the following settings:
5 Click Evaluate.
As you can see, the average power deposited to the plasma remains the same for each
cycle after only 3 RF cycles. The power is around 16.7 W on one half cycle and 17.7 W
on the other half cycle. The difference is due to the fact that the secondary emission
coefficients are different on the upper and lower plates.
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
The NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology) GEC CCP reactor provides
a platform for studying capacitively coupled plasmas (CCP). Even the simplest plasma
models are quite involved, so a 1D example helps in understanding the physics without
excessive CPU time. The problem has no steady-state solution, although a periodic
steady-state solution is reached after a suitable number of RF cycles (usually >1000).
Model Definition
The operating principle of a capacitively coupled plasma is different to the inductive case.
In a CCP reactor, there are no induction currents. Instead, the plasma is sustained by
applying a sinusoidal electrostatic potential across a small gap (2.54 cm in this case) filled
with a low pressure (1 Torr in this case) gas. This case uses argon because the plasma
chemistry is very simple. The mechanism of power deposition into a CCP reactor is highly
nonlinear and occurs at multiple different frequencies. Therefore, the electrostatic
potential cannot be solved for in the frequency domain. The model must be transient, with
the system allowed to reach a periodic steady state solution. This condition is reached after
a suitable number of RF cycles.
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
2 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t k
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
3 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Electrons are lost to the wall due to random motion within a few mean free paths of the
wall and gained due to secondary emission effects, resulting in the following boundary
condition for the electron flux:
n e = --- e, th n e
1
2 p ( p n ) (1)
p
n = --- e, th n
5
6 p p ( p n ) (2)
p
The second term on the right-hand side of Equation 1 is the gain of electrons due to
secondary emission effects, p being the secondary emission coefficient. The second term
in Equation 2 is the secondary emission energy flux, p being the mean energy of the
secondary electrons. For the heavy species, ions are lost to the wall due to surface reactions
and the fact that the electric field is directed towards the wall:
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
Surface charge accumulation is added to the dielectric surface by way of the following
boundary condition:
n ( D1 D 2 ) = s
where s is the surface charge density, which is computed by solving the following
distributed ODE on the surfaces:
d s
= n Ji + n Je
dt
where n Ji is the normal component of the total ion current density at the wall, and n
Je is the normal component of the total electron current density at the wall.
The discharge is driven by a sinusoidal electric potential applied to the exterior boundary
of the dielectric plate:
V = V 0 sin ( t )
4 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
where the applied peak voltage, V0 is 300 V and the angular frequency, the RF frequency
being 13.56 MHz. The exterior boundary of the other dielectric plate is grounded. The
left boundary is grounded.
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
Argon is one of the simplest mechanisms to implement at low pressures. The electronically
excited states can be lumped into a single species which results in a chemical mechanism
consisting of only 3 species and 7 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
In a CCP reactor the electron density and density of excited species is relatively low so
stepwise ionization is not as important as in high density discharges. In addition to
volumetric reactions, the following surface reactions are implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
When a metastable argon atom makes contact with the wall, it will revert to the ground
state argon atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
The electric potential, electric field, electron density, and ion density are all quantities of
interest. Figure 1 plots the electron density at different phases of the RF cycle.
5 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Figure 1: Plot of the electron density at different phases of the RF cycle.
The electrons, with their low mass can respond to the electric field very rapidly. This means
that the electrons can move back and forth in the x-direction as the electric field changes
sign. The electrostatic potential is the same at t=0 and t=2. At these times the electrostatic
potential is positive in the bulk plasma. The electrons are more mobile than the heavier
ions, so they respond to the applied electric field over the course of one RF cycle. The
pushing and pulling of electrons back and forth, coupled with the fact that the ions
essentially remain stationary leads to a separation of space charge in the plasma sheath.
6 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Figure 2: Plot of electron temperature at different phases of the RF cycle.
The space charge separation produces an electric field as well as a flux of electrons. This is
how power is deposited into the plasma. Figure 2 plots the electron temperature in the
plasma and Figure 3 and Figure 4 plot the electric potential and electric field respectively.
Figure 5 plots the ion density at different phases of the RF cycle. Over 1RF cycle, there is
a net positive power deposition. At quasi steady state, the power deposition is balanced by
the power lost due to chemical reactions and energy loss to the wall.
7 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Figure 3: Plot of the electric potential at different phases of the RF cycle.
8 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Figure 6 plots the power deposition at different phases of the RF cycle. The maximum
power deposition occurs when the applied voltage is 0. Power deposition is at a minimum
when the applied voltage is at a maximum (300V) or minimum (-300V).
This model also demonstrates two of the shielding mechanisms that occur in a capacitively
coupled plasma. The electric field is shielded from the plasma bulk over several Debye
lengths. The Debye length is defined as:
0 Te
D = -----------
-
ne q
where Te is in electron volts, 0 is the permittivity of free space, ne is the electron density
and q is the electron charge. This is the distance over which the electric field is shielded
from the plasma. One can see from Figure 4 that the electric field in the plasma bulk does
not change over 1 RF cycle.
The other shielding mechanism is caused by the difference in transport time scales between
electrons and ions. Since the electrons are more mobile than the ions, they can accumulate
a substantial drift velocity directed toward the walls, even at the high operating
frequencies. This results in an accumulation of surface charge on the dielectric surface.
9 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
This accumulation of surface charge tends to further shield the electric field from the
plasma.
Figure 6: Plot of the power deposition into the plasma at different phases of the RF cycle.
Reference
1. G.J.M. Hagelaar and L.C. Pitchford, Solving the Boltzmann Equation to Obtain
Electron Transport Coefficients and Rate Coefficients for Fluid Models, Plasma Sources
Sci. Technol, vol. 14, 722733, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
10 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Plasma (plas).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Interval 1 (i1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
3 In the Right endpoint text field, type 0.0254.
Interval 2 (i2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
3 In the Left endpoint text field, type 0.0254.
4 In the Right endpoint text field, type 0.0354.
11 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
PLASMA (PLAS)
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
12 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 In the T text field, type T0.
4 In the pA text field, type p0.
5 Locate the Electron Density and Energy section. In the eNn text field, type mueN.
Charge Conservation 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Charge Conservation.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
The surface charge accumulation models the effect of charged particle build up on
dielectric surfaces. This shields the electric field from the plasma.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
13 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
The terminal feature is used to drive the CCP with a sinusoidal voltage. In this case the
voltage is 300 volts and the pressure is 1 torr. If the ratio of the voltage to the pressure
is higher, numerical instabilities may occur. In these cases the mesh refinement may be
necessary.
Terminal 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Terminal.
2 In the Settings window for Terminal, locate the Terminal section.
3 In the Terminal name text field, type plate.
4 Select Boundary 3 only.
5 From the Terminal type list, choose Voltage.
6 In the V0 text field, type V0*sin(omega*t).
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 Select Domain 2 only.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Edge.
Edge 1
1 In the Settings window for Edge, locate the Domain Selection section.
2 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
14 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
3 Select Domain 1 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 50.
5 In the Element ratio text field, type 5.
6 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
7 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
Edge 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Edge.
2 In the Settings window for Edge, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 2 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 2 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 50.
5 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
6 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
7 Click Build All.
STUDY 1
15 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
7 In the Settings window for Time Dependent, locate the Study Settings section.
8 Click Range.
9 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
10 In the Start text field, type 101/13.56E6.
11 In the Stop text field, type 102/13.56E6.
12 In the Number of values text field, type 5.
13 Click Add.
The model can solve faster by deactivating the convergence plots. Also, the default plots
are unnecessary since custom plots will be used during results processing.
14 In the Model Builder window, click Study 1.
15 In the Settings window for Study, locate the Study Settings section.
16 Clear the Generate default plots check box.
17 Clear the Generate convergence plots check box.
18 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time selection list, choose From list.
4 In the Times (s) list, choose 7.448E-6, 7.467E-6, 7.485E-6, 7.504E-6, and 7.522E-6.
Line Graph 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 1 toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 On the 1D Plot Group 1 toolbar, click Plot.
4 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click to expand the Legends section.
5 Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
16 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
7 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
0
pi/2
pi
3pi/2
2pi
8 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find
the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Cycle.
9 On the 1D Plot Group 1 toolbar, click Plot.
10 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click 1D Plot Group 1.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electron Density in the Label text
field.
3 Right-click Results>Electron Density and choose Duplicate.
Electron Density 1
In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electron Temperature in the Label text
field.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electron Density 1 node, then click Results>
Electron Temperature>Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron energy density>plas.Te - Electron temperature.
3 On the Electron Temperature toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Electron Temperature
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electron Temperature and choose
Duplicate.
17 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Electron Temperature 1
In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electric Potential in the Label text
field.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electron Temperature 1 node, then click
Results>Electric Potential>Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All domains.
4 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the y-axis data section. From the
menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Electrostatics)>Electric>V - Electric potential.
5 On the Electric Potential toolbar, click Plot.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Electric Potential
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electric Potential and choose
Duplicate.
Electric Potential 1
In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electric Field in the Label text field.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electric Potential 1 node, then click Results>
Electric Field>Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Electrostatics)>
Electric>Electric field>plas.Ex - Electric field, x component.
3 Locate the Selection section. In the list, select 2.
4 Select the Active toggle button.
5 Click Remove from Selection.
6 Select Domain 1 only.
7 Click to expand the Quality section. From the Resolution list, choose No refinement.
8 On the Electric Field toolbar, click Plot.
9 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Electric Field
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electric Field and choose Duplicate.
18 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Electric Field 1
In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Ion Density in the Label text field.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electric Field 1 node, then click Results>Ion
Density>Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wAr_1p - Number density.
3 On the Ion Density toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Ion Density
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Ion Density and choose Duplicate.
Ion Density 1
In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Power Deposition in the Label text field.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Ion Density 1 node, then click Results>Power
Deposition>Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Power and collisions>plas.Pcap - Capacitive power deposition.
3 On the Power Deposition toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
19 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
20 | G E C C C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y, 1 D
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
The GEC cell was introduced by NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology)
in order to provide a standardized platform for experimental and modeling studies of
discharges in different laboratories. The plasma is sustained via inductive heating. The
Reference Cell operates as an inductively-coupled plasma in this model.
Plasma (pink)
Figure 1: GEC ICP reactor geometry consisting of a 5 turn copper coil, plasma volume,
dielectrics, and wafer with pedestal.
Note: This application requires the Plasma Module and the AC/DC Module.
Model Definition
Inductively coupled discharges typically operate at low pressures (<10 Pa) and high charge
density (>1017 m3). High density plasma sources are popular because low pressure ion
bombardment can provide a greater degree of anisotropy on the surface of the wafer.
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
2 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
( n ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
3 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
For a nonmagnetized, nonpolarized plasma, the induction currents are computed in the
frequency domain using the following equation:
2 1 e
( j 0 )A + ( 0 A ) = J
The plasma conductivity needs to be specified as a material property, usually from the cold
plasma approximation:
2
ne q
= -------------------------------
m e ( e + j )
where ne is the electron density, q is the electron charge, me is the electron mass, e is the
collision frequency, and is the angular frequency.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Electrons are lost to the wall due to random motion within a few mean free paths of the
wall and gained due to secondary emission effects, resulting in the following boundary
condition for the electron flux:
n e = --- e, th n e
1
(1)
2
4 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
and the electron energy flux:
n = --- e, th n
5
(2)
6
The second term on the right-hand side of Equation 1 is the gain of electrons due to
secondary emission effects, p being the secondary emission coefficient. The second term
in Equation 2 is the secondary emission energy flux, p being the mean energy of the
secondary electrons. For the heavy species, ions are lost to the wall due to surface reactions
and the fact that the electric field is directed towards the wall:
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
Because the physics occurring in an inductively coupled plasma is rather complex, it is
always best to start a modeling project with a simple chemical mechanism. Argon is one of
the simplest mechanisms to implement at low pressures. The electronically excited states
can be lumped into a single species, which results in a chemical mechanism consisting of
only 3 species and 7 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
Stepwise ionization (reaction 5) can play an important role in sustaining low pressure
argon discharges. Excited argon atoms are consumed via superelastic collisions with
electrons, quenching with neutral argon atoms, ionization or Penning ionization where
two metastable argon atoms react to form a neutral argon atom, an argon ion and an
5 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
electron. In addition to volumetric reactions, the following surface reactions are
implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
When a metastable argon atom makes contact with the wall, it reverts to the ground state
argon atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
ELECTRICAL EXCITATION
From an electrical point of view, the GEC reactor behaves as a transformer. A current is
applied to the driving coil (the primary) and this induces a current in the plasma (the
secondary). The plasma then induces an opposing current back in the coil, increasing its
resistance. The current flowing in the plasma depends on the current applied to the coil
and the reaction kinetics. The total plasma current can vary from no current (plasma not
sustained) to the same current as the primary which corresponds to perfect coupling
between the coil and the plasma.
In this example a fixed power of 1500 W is applied to the coil. Some of this power is
dissipated in the coil, some is deposited into the plasma.
6 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Results and Discussion
The peak electron density occurs at the center of the reactor, underneath the RF coil. The
electron density in this case is high enough to cause some shielding of the azimuthal
electric field.
Figure 2: Plot of the electron density inside the GEC ICP reactor.
The electron temperature is highest directly underneath the coil, which is where the
bulk of the power deposition occurs.
7 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Figure 3: Plot of the electron temperature inside the GEC ICP reactor.
Figure 4: Plot of the electric potential inside the GEC ICP reactor.
8 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
From an electrical standpoint, the quantities of interest are total power deposition, coil
resistance and inductance, and reactor efficiency. These global parameters are relatively
easy to measure when the plasma is on or off, so such quantities provide an easy route for
comparison with experimental data, without the need for expensive optical emission
spectroscopy equipment or Langmuir probes.
The resistance of the coil increases by a little less than a factor of 4 when the plasma is on.
When the plasma is on, there is a substantial opposing current induced back into the coil
from the plasma. The electric potential applied across the coil needs to increase in order to
maintain the same total current.
Initially the power dissipated is all dissipated in the coil (~500 W). After about
1 microsecond, the plasma ignition begins and as the neutral gas atoms split into electrons
and ions, the electrons begin to absorb more and more power. Over a period of 2
microseconds, the plasma goes from absorbing no power to absorbing around 1600 W.
9 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Figure 6: Plot of total power versus time in GEC ICP reactor.
The ion density is exactly the same except from in a thin region close to the walls. In this
region, the ion density dominates the electron density which leads to a positive potential
in the plasma bulk with respect to the walls. The positive potential increases the flux of ions
and reduces the flux of electrons to the wall.
10 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Figure 7: Plot of number density of argon ions in the GEC ICP reactor.
Figure 8: Plot of the norm of the electric field due to the induction currents.
11 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
The number density of excited species is also greatest in the center of the reactor. Unlike
the charged species, there is no rapid drop off in number density close to the walls. The
physics of the excited species is relatively simple: they are formed in the center of the
reactor by high energy electrons and are lost to the via either stepwise ionization or
diffusion to the wall. Because the excited argon atoms are not susceptible to migration due
to the electric field, they can exist in much higher quantities than ions. The peak number
density of excited argon atoms represents a mass fraction of around 0.02.
Figure 9: Plot of the number density of excited argon atoms in the GEC ICP reactor.
The skin depth of the plasma is on the order of 1cm which prevents the electric field from
penetrating into the core of the plasma. The skin depth is defined as:
2
= -----------
where is the permeability, is the plasma conductivity, and is the angular frequency.
This tells us that increasing the driving frequency does not necessarily couple more power
into the plasma. As the frequency increases, the plasma tends to shield the region over
which power is deposited into a thin layer close to the upper wall.
12 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Figure 10: Plot of the power deposition into the plasma in the GEC ICP reactor. The region
over which power is deposited to the plasma is governed by the plasma skin depth.
References
1. G.J.M. Hagelaar and L.C. Pitchford, Solving the Boltzmann Equation to Obtain
Electron Transport Coefficients and Rate Coefficients for Fluid Models, Plasma Sources
Sci. Technol, vol. 14, pp. 722733, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
13 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Inductively Coupled Plasma.
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Multiphysics>
Frequency-Transient.
6 Click Done.
Start by importing the geometry of the GEC reference cell.
GEOMETRY 1
Import 1 (imp1)
1 On the Home toolbar, click Import.
2 In the Settings window for Import, locate the Import section.
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
argon_gec_icp.mphbin.
5 Click Import.
Add some predefined selections for the geometric entities which will be referenced later
on.
DEFINITIONS
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Walls in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
7 Select Boundaries 6, 8, 3538, 44, 45, and 5156 only.
14 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Explicit 2
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 2 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Coils in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 Select Domains 6 and 811 only.
Explicit 3
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 3 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Coil Boundaries in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 Select Domains 6 and 811 only.
6 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Output Entities section.
7 From the Output entities list, choose Adjacent boundaries.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
PLASMA (PLAS)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Plasma (plas).
2 Select Domain 3 only.
15 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
Ar_xsecs.txt.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
When solving any type of reacting flow problem there always needs to be one species
which is selected to fulfill the mass constraint. This should be taken as the species with
the largest mass fraction.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
When solving a plasma problem the plasma must be initially charge neutral. COMSOL
automatically computes the initial concentration of a selected ionic species such that the
initial electroneutrality constraint is satisfied. Once the simulation begins to timestep,
the plasma need not be charge neutral. In fact, the separation of space charge between
the ions and electrons close to the wall is a critical component in sustaining the
discharge.
16 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
Initial conditions for the electron number density and mean electron energy are critical
for any plasma model. If the initial electron density is too low then the plasma may not
be able to sustain itself and may self extinguish. If the initial electron density is too high
then convergence problems may occur during initial timesteps.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the ne, 0 text field, type 1E15.
4 In the 0 text field, type 5.
The Magnetic Fields are computed everywhere except the wafer and the wafer pedestal.
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Magnetic Fields (mf).
2 Select Domains 36 and 812 only.
The Coil feature is used to electrically excite the system. The coil operates with a fixed
total power of 1500 watts.
3 In the Model Builder window, click Magnetic Fields (mf).
Coil 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Coil.
2 In the Settings window for Coil, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coils.
4 Locate the Coil section. From the Coil excitation list, choose Power.
5 Select the Coil group check box.
6 In the Pcoil text field, type Psp.
17 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
PLASMA (PLAS)
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 In the T text field, type T0.
4 In the pA text field, type p0.
5 Locate the Electron Density and Energy section. In the eNn text field, type mueN.
Next, define the material properties. There is no need to define the material properties
in the plasma domain, as these are defined by the Plasma Conductivity Coupling feature.
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
2 From the Selection list, choose Coils.
3 Locate the Material Contents section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 2 (mat2)
1 Right-click Materials and choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 5 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
18 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Property Name Value Unit Property
group
Electrical conductivity sigma 0 S/m Basic
Relative permittivity epsilonr 1 1 Basic
Material 3 (mat3)
1 Right-click Materials and choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domains 4 and 12 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
PLASMA (PLAS)
Surface reactions must always be included in a plasma model since they describe how ionic,
excited and radical species interact with the wall.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Now, add boundary conditions to describe how the electrons interact with the wall.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the General Wall Settings section.
19 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
3 In the re text field, type 0.2.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 In the Settings window for Ground, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
MESH 1
Meshing is a critical step in any plasma model. Boundary layer meshing on the reactor walls
is nearly always necessary. This is needed to capture the separation of space charge between
the electrons and ions close to the wall. You also add a fine mesh in the coil domains since
the skin depth needs to be resolved.
Edge 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 Select Boundaries 6, 8, 44, 45, and 54 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Entire geometry.
4 Locate the Element Size section. Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 1E-3.
Free Triangular 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 3 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1 and choose Size.
20 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
Boundary Layers 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Boundary Layers.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 3 only.
Mapped 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 From the Selection list, choose Coils.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coil Boundaries.
4 Locate the Distribution section. From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined
distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 25.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 20.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
9 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
21 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
10 In the Settings window for Mesh, click Build All.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
2 In the Times text field, type 0 10^{range(-8,5/20,-3)}.
3 In the Frequency text field, type 13.56E6.
4 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 6
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Coil Resistance in the Label text
field.
3 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
4 In the associated text field, type Time (s).
5 Select the y-axis label check box.
6 In the associated text field, type Coil resistance (Ohm).
Global 1
1 On the Coil Resistance toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
22 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
1D Plot Group 7
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Coil Power in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
4 In the associated text field, type Time (s).
5 Select the y-axis label check box.
6 In the associated text field, type Power (W).
Global 1
1 On the Coil Power toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
2D Plot Group 8
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Ion Number Density in the Label text
field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Ion Number Density and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wAr_1p - Number density.
23 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
3 On the Ion Number Density toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>High Frequency Electric Field node, then
click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Magnetic Fields>Electric>
mf.normE - Electric field norm.
3 On the High Frequency Electric Field toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Observe that the electric field is slightly shielded by the plasma. This is due to the skin
effect in the plasma. As the electron number density increases, the plasma tends to shield
itself from the electric field.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Excited Argon Number Density node,
then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wArs - Number density.
3 On the Excited Argon Number Density toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
24 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Study 1/Solution 1 (sol1)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Data Sets node.
2 Right-click Study 1/Solution 1 (sol1) and choose Duplicate.
Selection
1 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
2 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 3 only.
2D Plot Group 11
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Power Deposition in the Label text
field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Power Deposition and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Solution 1 (2) (sol1).
4 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the
menu, choose Component 1>Magnetic Fields>Heating and losses>mf.Qrh - Volumetric loss
density, electric.
5 On the Power Deposition toolbar, click Plot.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
The effect of the shielding of the electric field due to the skin depth of the plasma is also
apparent when plotting the power deposition.
25 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
26 | G E C I C P R E A C T O R, A R G O N C H E M I S T R Y
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
The electron energy distribution function (EEDF) plays an important role in the overall
behavior of discharges. Analytic forms of the EEDF exist such as Maxwellian or
Druyvesteyn, but in some cases they fail to fit the discharge physics. Factors such as
ionization degree (ne/N), mole fraction of excited species, and reduced angular frequency
of the electromagnetic field can all influence the shape of the EEDF. This can lead to
differences in the magnitude of electron impact rate coefficients which are in turn used in
a fluid model for the electron density and mean electron energy. This tutorial example
shows how these factors influence the EEDF and the rate coefficients for argon.
Model Definition
This model is based on the results obtained in Ref 1. In this model, the x-coordinate
represents electron energy, (eV), rather than physical space. First a set of electron impact
collision cross sections are read from a file. The first time the model is solved, the EEDF
is assumed to be Maxwellian:
3 2
f() = 1 exp ( ( 2 ) )
where
32 5 2 1
1 = ( 5 2 ) (3 2) , 2 = ( 5 2 ) ( 3 2 )
Subsequently, the Two-term Boltzmann equation is solved which computes the EEDF
rather than assuming a specific form. The Two-term Boltzmann equation is:
Wf D f = S
ne
W = 3a ------- A 1
2
(1)
Nn
and
E 2 k b T 2 ne
D = --- ------- -------- + ------------- + 2a ------- ( A 2 + A 3 )
32
(2)
3 Nn m q Nn
At zero energy, the condition that energy flux is zero must hold:
f
n Wf D = 0
Figure 2: EEDF in argon for an applied reduced electric field of 10 Td for different degrees
of ionization.
As the ionization degree increases, the EEDF tends to become more Maxwellian (which
would be represented by a linear line on a log scale). The electron-electron collisions tend
to push the electrons at the tail to higher energies, which has an effect on the rate
coefficients for electron impact reactions with a high activation energy.
The effect on the rate coefficients can be seen in Figure 3. The ionization rate coefficient
is substantially higher at a given mean electron energy when the ionization degree is
higher.
If the mole fraction of electronically excited species is non zero then superelastic collisions
can influence the shape of the EEDF. Figure 4 plots the EEDF for different mole fractions
of electronically excited argon. The superelastic collisions leads to a high energy tail in the
distribution function. This results in an increase in the magnitude of the ionization rate
coefficients.
Figure 5: Ionization rate coefficient for different mole fractions of electronically excited
argon.
Figure 6: Plot of EEDF for different reduced angular frequencies for the same mean electron
energy.
Reference
1. G.J.M. Hagelaar and L.C. Pitchford, Solving the Boltzmann Equation to Obtain
Electron Transport Coefficients and Rate Coefficients for Fluid Models, Plasma Sources
Science and Technology, vol. 14, pp. 722733, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation
(be).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Mean Energies.
6 Click Done.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Begin by defining beta, the ionization degree, as a global parameter. This makes it available
for selection as a parameter in a parametric sweep.
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Notice that the geometry and mesh are automatically generated for this physics interface
and they very rarely need to be changed.
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be).
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation, locate the
Cross Section Import section.
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
Ar_xsecs.txt.
STUDY 1
RESULTS
EEDF (be)
1 In the Model Builder window, click EEDF (be).
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Axis section.
3 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
4 On the EEDF (be) toolbar, click Plot.
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be).
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation, locate the
Electron Energy Distribution Function Settings section.
3 From the Electron energy distribution function list, choose Boltzmann.
4 Locate the Boltzmann Properties section. From the Electron-electron collisions list,
choose On.
Now parameterize the ionization degree of the argon.
Boltzmann Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be) click Boltzmann Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Model, locate the Mole Fraction Settings section.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be) click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the E/N0 text field, type 10[Td].
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Reduced
Electric Fields.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
STUDY 2
EEDF (be) 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click EEDF (be) 1.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Axis section.
3 Select the Manual axis limits check box.
4 In the x minimum text field, type -2.
5 In the x maximum text field, type 30.
6 In the y minimum text field, type 10^(-9).
7 In the y maximum text field, type 1.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the EEDF (be) 1 node, then click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click to expand the Legends section.
3 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
1e-6
1e-5
1e-4
1e-3
5e-3
1e-2
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Reduced
Electric Fields.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
Boltzmann Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be) click Boltzmann Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Model, locate the Boltzmann Settings section.
3 In the text field, type 0.
4 Locate the Mole Fraction Settings section. In the xAr text field, type 1-beta.
5 In the xArs text field, type beta.
STUDY 3
On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
EEDF (be) 2
1 In the Model Builder window, click EEDF (be) 2.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Axis section.
3 Select the Manual axis limits check box.
4 In the x minimum text field, type -2.
5 In the x maximum text field, type 30.
6 In the y minimum text field, type 10^(-9).
7 In the y maximum text field, type 1.
Legends
0
1e-5
1e-4
1e-3
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
Boltzmann Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be) click Boltzmann Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Model, locate the Boltzmann Settings section.
3 In the text field, type beta.
4 Locate the Mole Fraction Settings section. In the xAr text field, type 1.
5 In the xArs text field, type 0.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Mean Energies.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
STUDY 4
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 10
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 4/Parametric Solutions 1 (sol5).
Global 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 10 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation>Rate coefficients>be.k_4 - Rate coefficient.
3 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Axis source data list, choose Inner solutions.
4 Click to expand the Legends section. Find the Include subsection. Select the Expression
check box.
5 Clear the Description check box.
6 On the 1D Plot Group 10 toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 10
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click 1D Plot Group 10.
10 Locate the Axis section. Select the Manual axis limits check box.
11 In the y minimum text field, type 10^(-21).
12 In the y maximum text field, type 10^(-14).
13 On the 1D Plot Group 10 toolbar, click Plot.
Next, use the parametric sweep feature to compute the rate coefficients over a wide
range of mean electron energies for different mole fractions of excited argon
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
Boltzmann Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be) click Boltzmann Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Model, locate the Boltzmann Settings section.
3 In the text field, type 0.
4 Locate the Mole Fraction Settings section. In the xAr text field, type 1-beta.
5 In the xArs text field, type beta.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Mean Energies.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 10
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 1D Plot Group 10 and choose
Duplicate.
1D Plot Group 11
1 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
2 From the Data set list, choose Study 5/Parametric Solutions 2 (sol12).
3 On the 1D Plot Group 11 toolbar, click Plot.
Finally, compute the EEDF for a mean electron energy of 2.15 eV for different reduced
angular frequencies.
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be).
Boltzmann Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be) click Boltzmann Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Model, locate the Boltzmann Settings section.
3 In the /N text field, type beta.
4 Locate the Mole Fraction Settings section. In the xAr text field, type 1.
5 In the xArs text field, type 0.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Mean Energies.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
5 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
STUDY 6
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
EEDF (be) 3
1 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
2 In the Model Builder window, click EEDF (be) 3.
3 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Axis section.
4 Select the Manual axis limits check box.
5 In the x minimum text field, type 0.
6 In the x maximum text field, type 20.
7 In the y minimum text field, type 10^(-8).
8 In the y maximum text field, type 1.
9 On the EEDF (be) 3 toolbar, click Plot.
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
The Boltzmann equation can be solved to validate sets of electron impact collision cross
sections. In fact, sets of collision cross sections are traditionally inferred by solving a
two-term approximation to the Boltzmann equation and comparing the results to swarm
experiments. This model solves a two-term approximation to the Boltzmann equation and
compares the computed drift velocity and electron temperature to experimental data.
Model Definition
The model uses molecular oxygen as the gas. For molecular oxygen, the model considers
the following set of electron impact collisions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS
O2 0.99997
O2(a1d) 1.5E-5
O2(b1s) 1E-5
O2(45) 5E-6
The Two-term Boltzmann equation is solved which computes the EEDF rather than
assuming a specific form. The two-term approximation of the Boltzmann equation is:
Wf D f = S
ne
W = 3a ------- A 1
2
(1)
N n
and
E 2 k b T 2 ne
D = --- ------- -------- + ------------- + 2a ------- ( A 2 + A 3 )
32
(2)
3 Nn m q Nn
For definitions of the quantities in the equations Equation 1 and Equation 2, see the
chapter The Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation Interface in the Plasma
Module Users Guide.
At zero energy, the condition that energy flux is zero must hold:
f
n Wf D = 0
When the Boltzmann equation has been the drift velocity and electron temperature for
a given reduced electric field can be compared to experimental results. The drift velocity
is defined as:
which is linear in the reduced electric field by has a rather complicated integral dependence
on the EEDF. The electron temperature is simply two thirds of the mean electron
energy which is defined as:
32
= 0 f d
Figure 1: Plot of the EEDF for different values of the mean electron energy.
The reduced electron transport properties are plotted in Figure 2. The transport
properties have a much weak dependence on the EEDF compared to rate or Townsend
coefficients. The electron mobility and electron energy mobility decrease as the mean
electron energy increases. The electron diffusivity and electron energy diffusivity increase
as the mean electron energy increases. If the EEDF was Maxwellian then the following
relations would hold:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
In the case that the EEDF is non-Maxwellian, this relation does not necessarily hold true.
The drift velocity of the electrons at a given mean electron energy or reduced electric field
is an important parameter because it is easy to measure experimentally in drift tubes.
Traditionally, the electron drift velocity is tabulated v.s. the reduced electric field (E/N).
The simulated and experimental drift velocity is plotted in Figure 3 for a range of reduced
electric fields. The agreement between the two is good over a wide range of reduced
electric field, indicating that the cross section data is consistent with experimental
measurements.
Another quantity which is relatively easy to measure experimentally is the ratio of the
electron diffusivity and the mobility. The simulated and experimental ratio of the
diffusivity and mobility is plotted in Figure 4. Einsteins relation dictates that this ratio is
equal to the electron temperature when the EEDF is Maxwellian.
Figure 5: Plot of the fraction of the total power channeled into each reaction v.s. mean electron
energy.
The Townsend coefficients are plotted in Figure 6. The Townsend coefficients offer an
alternative way of defining reaction rates. The reaction rate depends on the electron flux
rather than the electron density. Townsend coefficients should be used when modeling DC
discharges.
References
1. G.J.M. Hagelaar and L.C. Pitchford, Solving the Boltzmann Equation to Obtain
Electron Transport Coefficients and Rate Coefficients for Fluid Models, Plasma Sources
Science and Technology, vol. 14, pp. 722733, 2005.
2. J. Dutton, A Survey of Electron Swarm Data, J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, vol. 4,
pp. 577866, 1975.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation
(be).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Mean Energies.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
Notice that COMSOL generates the geometry and mesh for the Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation interface. The geometry and mesh almost never need to be
modified.
B O L T Z M A N N E Q U A T I O N , TWO - TE R M A P P R O X I M A T I O N ( B E )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Boltzmann Equation,
Two-Term Approximation (be).
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation, locate the
Cross Section Import section.
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
O2_xsecs.txt.
5 Locate the Electron Energy Distribution Function Settings section. From the Electron
energy distribution function list, choose Boltzmann.
6 Locate the Boltzmann Properties section. From the Electron-electron collisions list,
choose On.
Boltzmann Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation
(be) node, then click Boltzmann Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Boltzmann Model, locate the Mole Fraction Settings section.
3 In the xO2a1d text field, type 1.5E-5.
4 In the xO245 text field, type 5E-6.
Zero Probability 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Zero Probability.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
DEFINITIONS
Interpolation 1 (int1)
1 On the Home toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Click Browse.
5 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
O2_drift_velocity_expt.txt.
6 Click Import.
7 Locate the Units section. In the Arguments text field, type Td.
8 In the Function text field, type m/s.
Interpolation 2 (int2)
1 On the Home toolbar, click Functions and choose Local>Interpolation.
2 In the Settings window for Interpolation, locate the Definition section.
3 From the Data source list, choose File.
4 Click Browse.
5 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
O2_Te_expt.txt.
6 Click Import.
STUDY 1
Solution 1 (sol1)
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 (sol1) node, then click Stationary
Solver 1.
4 In the Settings window for Stationary Solver, locate the General section.
5 From the Linearity list, choose Nonlinear.
6 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
EEDF (be)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click EEDF (be).
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Parameter selection (freq) list, choose From list.
4 In the Parameter values (freq (V)) list, choose 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.
5 Click to expand the Axis section. Select the Manual axis limits check box.
6 In the x minimum text field, type -2.
7 In the x maximum text field, type 40.
8 In the y minimum text field, type 1e-8.
9 In the y maximum text field, type 10.
10 On the EEDF (be) toolbar, click Plot.
Global 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 4 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
4 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
5 Locate the x-axis data section. Click be.EN - Reduced electric field in the upper-right
corner of the section. Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Unit list, choose Td.
6 On the 1D Plot Group 4 toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 4
In the Model Builder window, under Results click 1D Plot Group 4.
Global 2
1 On the 1D Plot Group 4 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
4 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
5 Locate the x-axis data section. Click be.EN - Reduced electric field in the upper-right
corner of the section. Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Unit list, choose Td.
6 Click to expand the Coloring and style section. Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find
the Line style subsection. From the Line list, choose None.
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Select the x-axis label check box.
4 In the associated text field, type Reduced electric field (Td).
5 Select the y-axis label check box.
6 In the associated text field, type D/\mu (eV).
Global 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 5 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
4 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
5 Locate the x-axis data section. Click be.EN - Reduced electric field in the upper-right
corner of the section. Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Unit list, choose Td.
6 On the 1D Plot Group 5 toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 5
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click 1D Plot Group 5.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Legend section.
3 From the Position list, choose Upper left.
Global 2
1 On the 1D Plot Group 5 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
4 Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Parameter list, choose Expression.
5 Locate the x-axis data section. Click be.EN - Reduced electric field in the upper-right
corner of the section. Locate the x-Axis Data section. From the Unit list, choose Td.
6 Locate the Coloring and Style section. Find the Line style subsection. From the Line list,
choose None.
7 Find the Line markers subsection. From the Marker list, choose Diamond.
8 In the Number text field, type 25.
9 In the Width text field, type 3.
10 On the 1D Plot Group 5 toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 6
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Select the x-axis label check box.
4 In the associated text field, type Mean electron energy (eV).
Global 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 6 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
1D Plot Group 7
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
3 Select the x-axis label check box.
4 In the associated text field, type Mean electron energy (eV).
5 Locate the Axis section. Select the Manual axis limits check box.
6 In the x minimum text field, type -0.2375.
7 In the x maximum text field, type 3.
8 In the y minimum text field, type 1e-24.
9 In the y maximum text field, type 4.052e-18.
Global 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 7 toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
The underlying physics of a capacitively coupled plasma is rather complicated, even for
rather simple geometric configurations and plasma chemistries. This model benchmarks
the COMSOL Multiphysics Plasma Module Capacitively Coupled Plasma interface against
many different codes, the results of which are taken from Ref. 1.
Model Definition
The model geometry consists of a 1D gap of 0.067 m. A plasma forms in the gap provided
the driving voltage and fill pressure are high enough. The driving frequency in this model
is 13.56 MHz. Helium chemistry is used, as was the case in Ref. 1.
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t k
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
1
---
3 2
D = 0,10901 ( a )
1
---
2
E = 0,79788 ( a )
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Electrons are lost to the wall due to random motion within a few mean free paths of the
wall and gained due to secondary emission effects, resulting in the following boundary
condition for the electron flux
n e = ------------ --- e, th n e
1r 1
(1)
1 + r 2
n = ------------ --- e, th n
1r 5
(2)
1 + r 6
In order to make the COMSOL implementation of the electron losses to the wall
consistent with the reference, the value of r must be set to 5/11. The second term on the
right-hand side of Equation 1 is the gain of electrons due to secondary emission effects,
p being the secondary emission coefficient. The second term in Equation 2 is the
secondary emission energy flux, p being the mean energy of the secondary electrons. For
the helium ions are lost to the wall due to surface reactions and the fact that the electric
field is directed towards the wall:
n j k = M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
Surface charge accumulation is added to the dielectric surface by way of the following
boundary condition:
n ( D1 D 2 ) = s
where s is the surface charge density, which is computed by solving the following
distributed ODE on the surfaces:
d s
= n Ji + n Je
dt
where n Ji is the normal component of the total ion current density at the wall, and n
Je is the normal component of the total electron current density at the wall.
I = I 0 cos ( t )
where is the angular frequency. This boundary condition is not possible to implement
directly - COMSOL requires that a voltage is specified on the driven electrode. In order
to be able to apply a voltage to the driven electrode, a differential algebraic equation is
added to the model. This differential algebraic equation then adjusts the voltage on the
electrode at each time step such that the above current constraint is satisfied. The equation
solved for the unknown electrode potential, Vin, is hence, in weak form:
D I cos ( t ) V in = 0
t 0
where the bar denotes test function. This is implemented as a bidirectional weak constraint
in COMSOL.
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
The reference paper suggests a simplistic plasma chemistry for helium consisting of only 3
reactions and 4 species:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED.
1 Hes=>He 1
2 He+=>He 0
When a metastable helium atom makes contact with the wall, it reverts to the ground state
helium atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
Figure 1: Plot of the time averaged ion current as a function of the distance from the left
electrode.
The time averaged excitation and ionization rates are plotted in Figure 2 and Figure 3.
Figure 3: Plot of the time averaged excitation rate as a function of the distance from the left
electrode.
Figure 4: Plot of the time averaged electron power deposition as a function of the distance from
the left electrode.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 plot the time averaged electron and ion density at different
operating pressures. The electron and ion density is the same in the plasma bulk but the
ion density is higher in the plasma sheath. This creates a net positive space charge density
in the plasma sheath which tends to hold electrons in the plasma and accelerate ions
towards the wall via the plasma potential.
Figure 6: Plot of the time averaged ion density for different operating pressures.
Reference
1. M. Surendra, Radiofrequency discharge benchmark model comparison, Plasma
Sources Sci. Technol, vol. 4, pp 5673, 1995.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Plasma (plas).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
7 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced Physics
Options in the menu.
GEOMETRY 1
Interval 1 (i1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
3 In the Right endpoint text field, type 0.067.
Interval 2 (i2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
3 In the Left endpoint text field, type 0.067.
4 In the Right endpoint text field, type 0.077.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, locate the Source Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
5 Select Boundary 3 only.
PLASMA (PLAS)
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) node, then
click Plasma (plas).
2 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Transport Settings section.
3 From the Diffusion model list, choose Ficks law.
4 Locate the Out-of-Plane Thickness section. In the A text field, type 1[m^2].
5 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Stabilization in
the menu.
6 Click to expand the Stabilization section. Clear the Reaction source stabilization check
box.
Species: He
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: He.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. In the Df text field, type 0.8.
5 From the Preset species data list, choose He.
Species: Hes
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hes.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the x0 text field, type 1E-6.
4 In the Df text field, type 0.8.
5 From the Preset species data list, choose He.
Species: He+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
He+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose He.
5 In the Df text field, type D_He_1p.
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 In the T text field, type T0.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
4 In the Formula text field, type Hes=>He.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
4 In the Formula text field, type He+=>He.
5 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the f text field, type 0.
Charge Conservation 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Charge Conservation.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 Select Domain 2 only.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
PLASMA (PLAS)
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Initial
Values 1.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the General Wall Settings section.
4 In the re text field, type 5/11.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
Terminal 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Terminal.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Terminal, locate the Terminal section.
4 From the Terminal type list, choose Current.
5 In the I0 text field, type I_sp.
6 Click to expand the Constraint settings section. Locate the Constraint Settings section.
Select the Use weak constraints check box.
Species: He+
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Species: He+ node, then click Equation View.
2 In the Settings window for Equation View, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Edge 1
1 In the Settings window for Edge, locate the Domain Selection section.
2 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
3 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 200.
5 In the Element ratio text field, type 10.
6 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
7 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
8 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Edge.
Edge 2
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Edge 2 and
choose Size.
Size 1
1 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
2 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
3 Click Build All.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
GEOMETRY 1
Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
MESH 1
Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Parametric Sweep
1 On the Study toolbar, click Parametric Sweep.
2 In the Settings window for Parametric Sweep, locate the Study Settings section.
3 Click Add.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
1D Plot Group 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Time Averaged Ion Current
Density in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Parametric Solutions 1
(sol2).
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
5 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
6 In the associated text field, type Distance (m).
7 Select the y-axis label check box.
8 In the associated text field, type Time averaged ion current density (A/m<sup>
2</sup>).
9 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
10 Click to expand the Legend section. From the Position list, choose Upper left.
Line Graph 1
1 On the Time Averaged Ion Current Density toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
4 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(200/freq,201/freq,
pprint(plas.Jix_wHe_1p),1e-3).
5 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
7 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
0.03 torr
0.1 torr
0.3 torr
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Time Averaged Ionization Rate node,
then click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(200/freq,201/freq,plas.r_3*
N_A_const,1e-3).
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Time Averaged Excitation Rate node,
then click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(200/freq,201/freq,plas.r_2*
N_A_const,1e-3).
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Time Averaged Power Deposition node,
then click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(200/freq,201/freq,
pprint(plas.Pcap),1e-3).
4 On the Time Averaged Power Deposition toolbar, click Plot.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Time Averaged Electron Density node,
then click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(200/freq,201/freq,plas.ne,1e-3).
4 On the Time Averaged Electron Density toolbar, click Plot.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Time Averaged Ion Density node, then
click Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the Expression text field, type timeavg(200/freq,201/freq,plas.n_wHe_1p,
1e-3).
4 On the Time Averaged Ion Density toolbar, click Plot.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Cut Point 1D 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Cut Point 1D.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Point 1D, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Parametric Solutions 1 (sol2).
4 Locate the Point Data section. In the x text field, type 0.067/2.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 7
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electric Potential on Electrode
in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Parametric Solutions 1
(sol2).
4 From the Time selection list, choose Interpolated.
5 Click Range.
6 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
7 In the Start text field, type 200/13.56e6.
Point Graph 1
1 On the Electric Potential on Electrode toolbar, click Point Graph.
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Point Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
4 In the Expression text field, type V.
5 On the Electric Potential on Electrode toolbar, click Plot.
6 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
Point Evaluation 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click Point Evaluation.
2 In the Settings window for Point Evaluation, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Parametric Solutions 1 (sol2).
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
5 From the Table columns list, choose Time.
6 From the Data set list, choose Cut Point 1D 1.
7 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the Expressions section. From the
menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>Electron density>plas.ne - Electron
density.
8 Locate the Expressions section. In the table, enter the following settings:
9 Click Evaluate.
Point Evaluation 2
1 Right-click Point Evaluation 1 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Point Evaluation, click Replace Expression in the upper-right
corner of the Expressions section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift
Diffusion)>Electron energy density>plas.ebar - Mean electron energy.
3 Click Table 1 - Point Evaluation 1 (plas.ne).
Global Evaluation 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click Global Evaluation.
2 In the Settings window for Global Evaluation, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Parametric Solutions 1 (sol2).
4 From the Time selection list, choose Interpolated.
5 Click Range.
6 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
7 In the Start text field, type 200/13.56e6.
8 In the Stop text field, type 201/13.56e6.
9 In the Number of values text field, type 51.
10 Click Replace.
11 In the Settings window for Global Evaluation, locate the Data section.
12 From the Table columns list, choose Time.
13 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the Expressions section. From the
menu, choose Component 1>Plasma>Power and collisions>plas.Pcap_tot - Total capacitive
power deposition.
15 Locate the Data Series Operation section. From the Operation list, choose Average.
16 Click New Table.
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
This model simulates a corona discharge occurring between two co-axially fashioned
conductors. The negative electric potential is applied to the inner conductor and the
exterior conductor is grounded. The discharge gas simulated is argon at atmospheric
pressure.
Model Definition
Figure 1 shows a cross section of the model. By considering a long and uniform coaxial
conductor configuration, the model can be viewed as axisymmetric and thus simplified to
a 1D problem.
The model presented in the following section is used to simulate the ionization of the
neutral gas (Ar) as well as the flux of charged particles (Ar+ and electrons) when the
negative electric potential is applied at the inner conductor (cathode). The high electric
field generated by the combination of high potential and small conductor curvature radius
(inner conductor, ri) causes electron drift and ionization of the neutral gas surrounding
the cathode. The resulting ions generate more electrons through secondary emission at
the cathode surface. These electrons are accelerated through a small region away from the
cathode, where they can acquire significant energy. This can lead to ionization which
creates new electron-ion pairs. The secondary ions migrate towards the cathode where
they eject more secondary electrons. This process is responsible for sustaining the
discharge.
The model is based on the fluid equations for electrons and ions as well as on Poissons
equation. Secondary electrons generated by ion bombardment of the cathode surface are
taken into account. The model uses a Scharfetter-Gummel upwind scheme to eliminate
numerical instabilities in the number density of the charged particles associated with the
finite element method. This is needed, in particular close to the cathode, where the ion
flux is particularly high.
anode
ro
ri
Figure 1: Not-to-scale cross section of the co-axial configuration. The negative potential (-Vin)
is applied at the inner conductor (cathode) and the outer electrode is grounded (anode). The
shaded area represents the ionization region created by the positive space charge distribution
generated in the vicinity of the cathode.
DOMAIN EQUATIONS
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving the drift-diffusion
equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of electrons due
to fluid motion is neglected. For more detailed information on electron transport see the
section Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( n ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] = R
t e e e e e e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using the relations
5
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
Here j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross-section data as the integrals
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
the energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case, a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species:
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see the section
Theory for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
Boundary Conditions
Electrons are lost to the wall due to random motion within a few mean free paths of the
wall and gained due to secondary emission effects, resulting in the boundary condition
n e = --- e, th n e
1
2 p ( p n ) (1)
p
n = --- e, th n
5
6 p p ( p n ) (2)
p
for the electron energy flux. The second term on the right-hand side of Equation 1 is the
gain of electrons due to secondary emission effects, p being the secondary emission
coefficient. The second term in Equation 2 is the secondary emission energy flux, p being
the mean energy of the secondary electrons. For the heavy species, ions are lost to the wall
due to surface reactions and the fact that the electric field is directed towards the wall:
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
The discharge is driven by the electric potential applied to the inner conductor of the
coaxial geometry (at coordinate r = ri).
V = V 0 tanh --
t
where the function tanh(t/) is used to generate the voltage step function (1000 V). The
other boundary (at coordinate r = ro) is grounded.
Note that, during the simulation, the cathode is submitted to an intense flux of ions that
generate an important amount of secondary electrons which, in turn, increase the cathode
ion bombardment and so on. In order to prevent this avalanche from increasing
indefinitely, a RC circuit has been added in series with the system. In order to model the
V
V = V0 Ip Rb + Rb Cb
t
where Ip is defined as
I p = n J i + n J e + ( n D ) dS
t
and where n Ji is the normal component of the total ion current density at the wall,
n Je is the normal component of the total electron current density at the wall, and n D
the normal electrical displacement at the surface.
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
Argon is an attractive gas to use in a benchmark problem because only a handful of
reactions and a few species need to be considered. Table 1 lists the chemical reactions
considered.
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED.
Initially a small number of seed electrons are present. These are necessary in order to
initiate the discharge. In addition to the volumetric reactions, the following surface
reactions are implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS.
When the ion atoms reach the wall, they are assumed to change back to neutral argon
atoms and donate their charge to the wall. Note that the secondary emission coefficient is
Looking at the evolution of the densities during the solving process shows that the gas is
initially weekly ionized (electrons and ions having relatively low densities compared to
neutral atoms). As the negative voltage is applied to the cathode, the highly mobile
electrons are accelerated towards the anode leaving behind a positively charged gas in the
cathode vicinity. With increasing negative potential, ion bombardment becomes more
persistent on the cathode surface, which generates more secondary electrons, ionizing
more neutral atoms, and engendering greater ion current. As the negative potential rises,
the population of charged particles becomes larger as a consequence of this avalanche
effect.
As the ion current becomes more significant, the RC circuit reduces the cathode negative
potential such that an equilibrium is reached between the generation of the charged
particles, preventing the transition of the plasma into an arcing regime.
Figure 2 shows the electron and ion densities at the end of the simulation (t = 0.1 s). Note
that the figure is plotted on a log-log scale. In the figure, one can see that the ion density
is approximately three orders of magnitude higher than the electron density in the vicinity
of the cathode. The tiny positive space charge distribution generated by the ion density
defines an ionization region that screens the cathode potential from the anode. This can
be observed by displaying the electric potential along the radius of the coaxial assembly;
see Figure 3.
The high voltage and important current density at the cathode enhance the electron
temperature near the electrode, thus boosting ionization of the neutral atoms in the
ionization zone. This can be seen in Figure 4, which displays the electron temperature at
the end of the simulation.
To see the effect of the RC circuit on the system, plot the secondary electron flux as a
function of time at the cathode surface; see Figure 5. A close look at the figure shows a
rapid rise of the flux that tends to stabilize as the circuit sees higher currents. Figure 6 also
shows the potential at both electrodes as a function of time. Comparing figure Figure 5
with Figure 6 reveals the effect of the circuit on both potential and secondary emission at
the cathode surface. One can also observe a similar effect by plotting the electron current
density at the electrodes, Figure 6. Doing so shows a direct relation between the cathode
secondary emission (positive current flow), the anode recombination (negative flow), and
the RC circuit. Figure 7 displays a surface plot of the logarithm of the electron density at
the last time step.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Plasma (plas).
3 Click Add.
PLASMA (PLAS)
Solve this model using the finite volume method and a Scharfetter-Gummel scheme. You
can switch from the finite element method to the finite volume method by suitable choices
in the Discretization section.
1 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Discretization in
the menu.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Plasma (plas).
3 In the Settings window for Plasma, click to expand the Discretization section.
4 From the Formulation list, choose Finite volume (constant shape function).
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Follow the steps below to create the model geometry: a simple 1D geometry consisting of
a single domain bounded by the cathode (left, inner conductor) and the anode (right,
outer conductor).
Interval 1 (i1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
PLASMA (PLAS)
Load the argon cross sections from file. They form the basis of the plasma chemistry under
investigation. To fix the species data, load the argon preset for each species.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
When solving a plasma problem the plasma must initially be charge neutral. COMSOL
automatically computes the initial concentration of a selected ionic species such that the
initial electroneutrality constraint is satisfied. Now let the initial number density of
argon ions be the same as the initial number of electrons. This forces the plasma to be
initially charge neutral.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
Species: Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Now add two more regular reactions that describe how electronically excited argon
atoms are consumed on the volumetric level. The rate coefficients for these reactions
are taken from the literature.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+Ars=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>Ars+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 2.3e7.
Surface reactions must always be included in a plasma model because they describe how
ionic, excited, and radical species interact with the wall.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose All boundaries.
Secondary emission of electrons is important to sustain a DC discharge. In this example,
add a secondary emission coefficient on the left wall (cathode).
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
Surface Reaction 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Select Boundary 2 only.
5 In the Model Builder window, click Plasma (plas).
6 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Plasma Properties section.
7 Select the Use reduced electron transport properties check box.
8 Locate the Out-of-Plane Thickness section. In the dz text field, type 0.02[m].
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Electron Density and Energy section.
3 In the eNn text field, type 4e24.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
Now, add an RC circuit in series with the system. The role of the circuit is to limit the
current at the cathode and avoid the arcing regime.
Metal Contact 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Metal Contact.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Metal Contact, locate the Terminal section.
4 In the V0 text field, type -V0.
5 Locate the Quick Circuit Settings section. From the Quick circuit type list, choose Series
RC circuit.
MESH 1
Meshing is a critical step in any plasma model. A fine mesh is needed close to the electrodes
to capture the separation of space charge between the electrons and ions close to the wall.
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Edge.
Edge 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Edge 1 and
choose Distribution.
Distribution 1
1 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
2 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
3 In the Number of elements text field, type 500.
4 In the Element ratio text field, type 400.
5 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
6 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
7 Click Build All.
STUDY 1
Compute an initial solution to generate the default plots and then set them up to show the
electron and ion density while the solver runs.
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Study 1 and choose Get Initial Value for Step.
RESULTS
1 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Plot Settings section.
2 Select the x-axis label check box.
3 Select the y-axis label check box.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electron Density (plas) node, then click Line
Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click to expand the Legends section.
3 Select the Show legends check box.
4 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
5 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
6 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Electrons
Electrons 1
1 Right-click Results>Electron Density (plas)>Electrons and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Results>Electron Density (plas) right-click Electrons
1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Line Graph dialog box, type Ions in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
6 In the Expression text field, type plas.n_wAr_1p.
7 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Ions
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electron Temperature (plas) node, then click
Line Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click to expand the Title section.
3 From the Title type list, choose None.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Electric Potential (plas) node, then click Line
Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the Title section.
3 From the Title type list, choose None.
4 Locate the y-Axis Data section. Select the Description check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Electron potential.
STUDY 1
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 4
On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
Point Graph 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 4 toolbar, click Point Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Point Graph, locate the Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All boundaries.
4 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the Expression text field, type V.
5 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
7 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Cathode
Anode
8 Locate the y-Axis Data section. Select the Description check box.
9 In the associated text field, type Electric Potential.
10 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
1D Plot Group 5
On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
Point Graph 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 5 toolbar, click Point Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Point Graph, locate the Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All boundaries.
4 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the Expression text field, type plas.nJe.
5 Locate the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
7 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
cathode
anode
8 Locate the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
1D Plot Group 5
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click 1D Plot Group 5.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Legend section.
3 From the Position list, choose Upper left.
6 Click OK.
7 Click the x-Axis Log Scale button on the Graphics toolbar.
8 On the Electron Current Density on Electrodes toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 6
On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
Point Graph 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 6 toolbar, click Point Graph.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Point Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
4 In the Expression text field, type plas.sflux.
5 Locate the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
1D Plot Group 6
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 1D Plot Group 6 and choose
Rename.
2 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Secondary Emission Flux in the New
label text field.
3 Click OK.
Revolution 1D 1
On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Revolution 1D.
RESULTS
2D Plot Group 7
On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click 2D Plot Group 7 and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type log(plas.ne).
2D Plot Group 7
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click 2D Plot Group 7 and choose
Rename.
2 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Log of Electron Density in the New
label text field.
3 Click OK.
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
This model presents a 2D axisymmetric dipolar microwave plasma source sustained
through resonant heating of the electrons. This is known as electron cyclotron resonance
(ECR), which occurs when a suitable high magnetic flux density is present along with the
microwaves.
This is an advanced model that showcases many of the features that make COMSOL
unique, including:
Note: This application requires the Plasma Module, AC/DC Module, and RF Module.
1 1
r 0 ( A ) = J
where the external current density, J only has an azimuthal component and is defined in
the coil as:
NI
J = -------
A
Antenna
Coil
Plasma
Infinite elements
Figure 1: Basic concept for the plasma source. A stationary azimuthal current flows in the coil
which generates a static magnetic field in the surroundings. Resonant heating of the electrons
occurs on the contour of the critical magnetic flux density.
The plasma conductivity becomes a full tensor in the presence of a static magnetic field. At
some critical magnetic field the electrons continually gain energy from both the electric
and magnetic fields over one RF cycle. This leads to a resonance zone in the plasma where
the incoming electromagnetic wave is completely absorbed over a very short distance. The
critical magnetic field is only dependent on the angular frequency, the electron mass and
charge:
m e
B cr = ------------
q
At 2.45 GHz the critical magnetic flux density is 875 gauss or 0.0875 T. Therefore you
can use functional-based mesh adaption to ensure that the ECR surface is adequately
meshed for the plasma model. The functional is somewhat arbitrary; it is chosen such that
it is zero everywhere but becomes large at the resonant magnetic flux density. In this
model, use the functional
0 ( E ) k 0 r --------- E = 0
1 2 j
0
Here is the plasma conductivity, which is a full tensor and a function of the electron
density, collision frequency, and the static magnetic flux density. Using the definitions
q
= ------------------------------- (2)
m e ( e + j )
where q is the electron charge, me is the electron mass, e is the electron-neutral collision
frequency, and is the angular frequency. The inverse of the plasma conductivity is defined
as
1 B z B y
1
qne = B z 1 B x (3)
B y B x 1
where ne is the electron number density. Using the inverse of the plasma conductivity is
convenient because it can be written in a compact form. COMSOL automatically
computes the tensor form of the plasma conductivity for you by inverting Equation 3.
Because the plasma conductivity tensor is a full tensor, all three components of the electric
field are computed despite the fact that the only excitation from the coaxial port occurs in
the rz-plane. The nonlinearity in the plasma conductivity can be seen in Figure 2. The
surface represents four of the components of the nondimensional plasma conductivity
versus the r- and z-components of the magnetic flux density (indicated by the x-axis and
y-axis, respectively) on a log scale. At the resonant flux density (0.0875 T) the plasma
conductivity is more than 106 higher than the case where no static magnetic field is
present.
In Ref. 1 the size of the resonance is smoothed over a distance which can be resolved by
the mesh. It is argued that this has a physical basis corresponding to collision-less heating.
e = e + ---- (4)
where is chosen to be 20. This is very simple from an implementation point of view but
does lead to unphysical power absorption away from the resonance zone. The approach
taken in Ref. 2 leads to the ECR surface being broadened only at the resonance zone.
Compute the electron number density and electron energy density by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations:
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
( n ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E = R
t e
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The electron transport properties are, like the plasma conductivity, full tensors. The
electron mobility in the direction of the magnetic field lines is up to 8 orders of magnitude
higher than the cross-field electron mobility. As such, electrons are only transported along
magnetic field lines. The inverse of the electron mobility can be written in compact form as
1
-------- Bz By
dc
1 1
e = B z -------- B x (5)
dc
1
B y B x --------
dc
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (1/m3).The electron energy
loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (V). The electron source and inelastic energy
loss are automatically computed by the multiphysics interface. The rate coefficients may
be computed from cross section data by the following integral:
3 2
f() = 1 exp ( ( 2 ) )
n
= -----
ne
and
32 5 2 1
1 = ( 5 2 ) (3 2) , 2 = ( 5 2 ) ( 3 2 )
where is the gamma function. The heating term, Ee has two components, one due to
electron motion in the ambipolar field in the rz-plane and one due to heating of the
electrons by the microwaves. Heating due to the microwaves is handled in the same way
as described in Ref. 1. The power transferred from the electromagnetic field to the
electrons is normalized so that 10 W of total power is absorbed by the electrons. This is
accomplished by multiplying the heating term by a factor, , which is defined as:
10 W
= ----------------------------- (6)
Q ind dV
The result of this is that exactly 10 W of total power is transferred from the
electromagnetic field to the electrons. If you did not apply this renormalization of the
absorbed power then there would be nothing to stop the plasma from simply
self-extinguishing or absorbing an inordinate amount of power. This approach is perfectly
valid due to the fact that the microwave equations are linear. The only drawback from this
method is that the S-parameters given on the coaxial port are not valid because the fields
are decoupled from the plasma model. Furthermore, it is not possible to self-consistently
compute the ratio of the absorbed and reflected power through the excitation port, a
quantity that may be of interest.
For nonelectron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of species k:
As with the electrons, the ion transport properties are functions of the static magnetic flux
density. The magnetic force is included as it can generate a significant ion velocity in the
azimuthal direction close to the antenna. The ion mobility is also a function of the
ambipolar electric field and is specified as a look up table. The ion diffusion velocity, vk, is
related to the diffusive flux via
j k = v k
where
v k = D m ln ( w ) + D m ln ( M ) + Z ( E + v k B ) (8)
Equation 7 can be re-arranged to give an expression for the diffusion velocity as a function
of the other variables:
1
v k = A [ D m ln ( w ) + D m ln ( M ) + ZE ]
where
1 ZB z ZB y
A = ZB z 1 ZB x
ZB y ZB x 1
COMSOL automatically inverts Equation 8 when defining the diffusion velocity for each
of the ionic species. The electrostatic field is computed using the following equation:
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
1 Ar+=>Ar 1
2 Ars=>Ar 1
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
The above partial differential equations must be supplemented with a suitable set of
boundary conditions. The coaxial port boundary condition is used to drive the
electromagnetic waves. The port power is inconsequential due to the normalization
scheme used on the absorbed power.
For the electrons, neglect reflection as well as secondary and thermal emission to get the
following boundary condition on the electron flux:
n e = --- e, th n e
1
2
n = --- e, th n
5
6
1 1
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k [ ( A E ) n ] [ ( Zk k ( A E) n) > 0]
Figure 3: Plot of the static magnetic flux density on a log scale (filled contour), magnetic field
lines (thin lines) and the ECR surface at 0.0875 T (thick black line).
In Figure 4 the mesh, which has adapted based on the functional given in Equation 1 is
shown. The mesh has clearly been significantly refined around the contour of the resonant
magnetic flux density. This is required to accurately resolve the region where all the power
deposition to the electrons occurs. Functional-based mesh adaption is a feature that makes
the finite element approach more attractive than the finite difference approach for ECR
modeling.
Figure 5: Plot of the electron density at the quasi steady state condition. The peak electron
density is still below the critical electron density at the chosen operating frequency.
Despite the sharply peaked heating the electron temperature, plotted in Figure 6 does not
show such peaks. Recall from Figure 3 that the magnetic field lines show the circular
pattern away from the coil. This leads to strong energy transport along the field lines and
very little transport across the magnetic field lines. Indeed the circular pattern along which
the electron temperature is constant is consistent with the magnetic field lines. The peak
electron temperature is around 3.8 eV and around 1.78 eV below the coil which is again,
consistent with the results in Ref. 2.
Despite the fact that power is only deposited to the plasma on the ECR surface, the
electron temperature, plotted in Figure 6 is not sharply peaked at the critical magnetic flux
density. Recall from Figure 3 that the magnetic field lines show the circular pattern away
from the coil. The high degree of anisotropy in the electron transport properties results in
strong energy transport along the magnetic field lines and little transport across the
magnetic field lines. Indeed the circular pattern along which the electron temperature is
constant is consistent with the magnetic field lines. The peak electron temperature is
around 3.8 eV and around 1.78 eV below the coil which is again, consistent with the
results in Ref. 2.
The electron density profile shows no signs of the resonance zone which is clearly seen in
Figure 8. The power deposition is very high, peaking at 35 W/cm3. All of the power
deposition into the plasma from the electromagnetic field occurs in this resonance zone.
The ionization source, plotted in Figure 9 is more highly localized around the coil. This
corresponds to the region where the electron density and electron temperature are
highest. Because the ionization rate scales linearly with the electron density and
exponentially with the electron temperature this is to be expected.
The plasma potential, plotted in Figure 7, peaks at around 16 V. The plasma potential is
uniform throughout the plasma, even though the electron temperature shows large
variations. The physical basis for the flat plasma potential is explained in Ref. 1.
The degree of anisotropy in the electron transport properties can be seen in Figure 10 and
Figure 11. In Figure 10 the electron mobility varies by 8 orders of magnitude, it is
4104 m2/(Vs) towards the coil edges and 104 m2/(Vs) radially outwards from the coil
center. In Figure 11 the opposite is true, the electron mobility is very high in the
z direction at the center of the coil, and very small towards the coil edges. This leads to
migration of electrons along the magnetic field lines when they are produced in the
ionization region, Figure 9.
The conduction current due to the microwaves is plotted in Figure 12 - Figure 14. The
largest component of the conduction current is actually in the azimuthal direction despite
the coaxial port only propagating in the TM mode. Despite this, the heating (cooling) due
to the dot product of the azimuthal components of the current and electric fields is small,
due to the much lower value of the azimuthal component of the electric field.
Finally, the trace of the plasma conductivity is plotted in Figure 15. The resonance zone is
evident and the locally high electrical conductivity leads to the propagating
electromagnetic waves to be absorbed.
It is worth mentioning that the electron density in this example model is below the critical
plasma density everywhere (7.41016 m3 at 2.45 GHz). If either the pressure or the
power is increased, the power absorption can shift from the ECR surface to the contour
where the plasma density is equal to the critical plasma density. On this contour the phase
velocity approaches infinity whereas the group velocity approaches zero. The numerical
instabilities caused by this are also smoothed out by adding an effective collision frequency
to the actual collision frequency using Equation 4.
Reference
1. G.J.M. Hagelaar, K. Makasheva, L. Garrigues, and J.-P. Boeuf, Modelling of a dipolar
microwave plasma sustained by electron cyclotron resonance, J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys.,
vol. 42, p. 194019 (12pp), 2009.
2. R.L. Kinder and M.J. Kushner, Consequences of mode structure on plasma properties
in electron cyclotron resonance sources, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A, vol. 175, Sep/Oct
1999.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select AC/DC>Magnetic Fields (mf).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Stationary.
6 Click Done.
7 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced Physics
Options in the menu.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type r0.
4 In the Height text field, type z0.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -z0/2.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.004.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.048.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type 0.006.
6 In the z text field, type 0.072.
Rectangle 4 (r4)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.004.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.05.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.07.
Rectangle 5 (r5)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type r0-0.01.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type 0.01.
6 In the z text field, type 0.12.
Rectangle 6 (r6)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.02.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r0.
6 In the z text field, type 0.12.
Rectangle 8 (r8)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.02.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r0.
6 In the z text field, type -0.02-z0/2.
Rectangle 9 (r9)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type r0.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type -0.02-z0/2.
Rectangle 10 (r10)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.01.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.02.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.12.
DEFINITIONS
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions node.
2 Right-click Definitions and choose View.
Axis
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the View 2 node, then click Axis.
2 In the Settings window for Axis, locate the Axis section.
3 In the r minimum text field, type -0.05.
4 In the r maximum text field, type 0.16.
5 In the z minimum text field, type -0.02.
6 In the z maximum text field, type 0.12.
7 Click Update.
View 2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Definitions click View 2.
2 In the Settings window for View, locate the View section.
3 Select the Lock axis check box.
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 4, 6, 1820, 22, and 26 only.
5 Right-click Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Walls in the New label text field.
7 Click OK.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 Select Domains 1, 2, 4, 5, and 711 only.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 2 (mat2)
1 Right-click Materials and choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 3 (mat3)
1 Right-click Materials and choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Integration 1a (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
Coil 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Coil.
2 Select Domain 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Coil, locate the Coil section.
4 From the Conductor model list, choose Homogenized multi-turn.
5 Locate the Homogenized Multi-Turn Conductor section. In the N text field, type 5000.
6 Locate the Coil section. In the Icoil text field, type 14.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
More Operations>Edge.
Edge 1
Select Boundary 19 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 0.0005.
Edge 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 Select Boundaries 6, 18, 20, and 22 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 2 and choose Size.
Free Triangular 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 2 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
Free Triangular 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 6 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 2 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 0.001.
7 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
Free Triangular 3
In the Settings window for Free Triangular, click Build All.
Step 1: Stationary
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1 node, then click Step 1: Stationary.
2 In the Settings window for Stationary, click to expand the Study extensions section.
3 Locate the Study Extensions section. Select the Adaptive mesh refinement check box.
Solution 1 (sol1)
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 (sol1) node.
4 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1
(sol1)>Stationary Solver 1 node, then click Adaptive Mesh Refinement.
5 In the Settings window for Adaptive Mesh Refinement, locate the General section.
6 In the Maximum number of refinements text field, type 1.
7 Locate the Error Estimation section. From the Error estimate list, choose Functional.
8 In the Functional text field, type intop1(1/(abs(mf.normB-0.0875)+1e-4)).
9 Locate the Mesh Refinement section. From the Refinement method list, choose Mesh
initialization.
10 In the Model Builder window, click Study 1.
11 In the Settings window for Study, locate the Study Settings section.
12 Clear the Generate default plots check box.
13 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Reproduce the magnetic flux density plot in Figure 3 with the following steps.
Selection
1 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
2 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
2D Plot Group 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Stationary Magnetic Flux
Density in the Label text field.
Contour 1
1 Right-click Stationary Magnetic Flux Density and choose Contour.
2 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type log10(mf.normB+eps).
4 Locate the Levels section. In the Total levels text field, type 8.
5 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Contour type list, choose Filled.
6 From the Color table list, choose GrayScale.
7 Clear the Color legend check box.
8 Select the Reverse color table check box.
Contour 2
1 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Expression section.
2 In the Expression text field, type Aphi.
3 Locate the Coloring and Style section. From the Coloring list, choose Uniform.
4 From the Color list, choose Black.
5 Clear the Color legend check box.
Contour 3
1 Right-click Results>Stationary Magnetic Flux Density>Contour 2 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Contour, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Magnetic Fields>
Magnetic>mf.normB - Magnetic flux density norm.
3 Locate the Levels section. From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
4 Click Range.
5 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
6 In the Start text field, type 0.086.
2D Plot Group 2
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Adpative Mesh in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Adaptive Mesh Refinement
1 (sol2).
Mesh 1
1 Right-click Adpative Mesh and choose Mesh.
2 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Color section.
3 From the Element color list, choose None.
4 From the Wireframe color list, choose Custom.
5 On Windows, click the colored bar underneath, or?if you are running the cross-platform
desktop?the Color button.
6 Click Define custom colors.
7 Set the RGB values to 192, 192, and 192, respectively.
8 Click Add to custom colors.
9 Click Show color palette only or OK on the cross-platform desktop.
10 On the Adpative Mesh toolbar, click Plot.
Compare the result with the plot in Figure 4.
ADD PHYSICS
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Physics to open the Add Physics window.
2 Go to the Add Physics window.
3 In the tree, select Plasma>Microwave Plasma.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
PLASMA (PLAS)
On the Physics toolbar, click Magnetic Fields (mf) and choose Plasma (plas).
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Physics to close the Add Physics window.
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Electromagnetic Waves,
Frequency Domain (emw).
2 In the Settings window for Electromagnetic Waves, Frequency Domain, locate the
Domain Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Domains 2 and 6 only.
PLASMA (PLAS)
On the Physics toolbar, click Electromagnetic Waves, Frequency Domain (emw) and choose
Plasma (plas).
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Plasma (plas).
2 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Transport Settings section.
3 Select the Full expression for diffusivity check box.
4 Select the Compute tensor ion transport properties check box.
5 Locate the Plasma Properties section. Select the Compute tensor electron transport
properties check box.
MULTIPHYSICS
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Multiphysics click Plasma
Conductivity Coupling 1 (pcc1).
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Conductivity Coupling, locate the Compute Tensor
Plasma Conductivity section.
3 Select the Compute tensor plasma conductivity check box.
4 In the text field, type 20.
PLASMA (PLAS)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Plasma (plas).
2 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Species: Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
4 In the x0 text field, type 1E-4.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 In the Settings window for Ground, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
PLASMA (PLAS)
On the Physics toolbar, click Electromagnetic Waves, Frequency Domain (emw) and choose
Plasma (plas).
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 From the B list, choose Magnetic flux density (mf).
4 In the T text field, type 300.
5 In the pA text field, type 1.
6 Locate the Electron Density and Energy section. In the e text field, type 1E25[1/(m*V*
s)]/plas.Nn.
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Electromagnetic Waves,
Frequency Domain (emw).
Port 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Port.
2 Select Boundary 14 only.
3 In the Settings window for Port, locate the Port Properties section.
4 From the Type of port list, choose Coaxial.
5 From the Wave excitation at this port list, choose On.
6 Select the Specify deposited power check box.
7 In the Pdep text field, type Psp.
COMPONENT 1 (COMP1)
Mesh 3
On the Mesh toolbar, click Add Mesh.
Reference 1
1 In the Settings window for Reference, locate the Reference section.
2 From the Mesh list, choose Mesh 2.
Refine 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 3 and choose More Operations>Refine.
2 In the Settings window for Refine, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 6 only.
5 Locate the Refine Options section. In the Number of refinements text field, type 2.
Boundary Layers 1
1 Right-click Mesh 3 and choose Boundary Layers.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 2 only.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Multiphysics.
STUDY 2
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
2 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
3 In the Times text field, type 0 10^{range(-8,6/10,-2)}.
4 In the Frequency text field, type 2.45E9.
5 Locate the Physics and Variables Selection section. In the table, clear the Solve for check
box for the Magnetic Fields (mf) interface.
6 Click to expand the Mesh selection section. Locate the Mesh Selection section. In the
table, enter the following settings:
Geometry Mesh
Geometry 1 mesh3
7 Click to expand the Mesh selection section. Click to expand the Values of dependent
variables section. In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Values of
Dependent Variables section.
8 Find the Values of variables not solved for subsection. From the Settings list, choose User
controlled.
9 From the Method list, choose Solution.
10 From the Study list, choose Study 1, Stationary.
11 From the Solution list, choose Adaptive Mesh Refinement 1 (sol2).
Solution 3 (sol3)
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 2>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 3 (sol3) node, then click Dependent
Variables 1.
4 In the Settings window for Dependent Variables, locate the General section.
RESULTS
Three new default plots show the electron density, electron temperature, and plasma
potential respectively; compare with those in Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7.
2D Plot Group 7
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Power Deposition in the Label text
field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 3 (sol3).
Surface 1
1 Right-click Power Deposition and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Electromagnetic Waves,
Frequency Domain>Heating and losses>emw.Qrh - Resistive losses.
3 On the Power Deposition toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with Figure 8.
Power Deposition
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Power Deposition and choose
Duplicate.
Power Deposition 1
In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Electron Source in the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electron Source node, then click Surface
1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type plas.Re.
Electron Source
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electron Source and choose
Duplicate.
Electron Source 1
In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Electron Mobility, rr Component in
the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electron Mobility, rr Component node,
then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron transport properties>Electron mobility>plas.muerr - Electron mobility, rr
component.
3 On the Electron Mobility, rr Component toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with Figure 10.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electron Mobility, zz Component node,
then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron transport properties>Electron mobility>plas.muezz - Electron mobility, zz
component.
3 On the Electron Mobility, zz Component toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with Figure 11.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Conduction Current Density, r-Component and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type emw.Jr-emw.Jdr.
4 On the Conduction Current Density, r-Component toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with Figure 12.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Conduction Current Density,
z-Component node, then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type emw.Jz-emw.Jdz.
4 On the Conduction Current Density, z-Component toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with Figure 13.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Mean Plasma Electrical Conductivity
node, then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type (emw.sigmarr+emw.sigmaphiphi+emw.sigmazz)/3.
4 On the Mean Plasma Electrical Conductivity toolbar, click Plot.
Compare with Figure 15.
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
The foundation of the COMSOL Multiphysics Plasma Module is the Drift Diffusion
interface which describes the transport of electrons in an electric field. The Drift Diffusion
interface solves a pair of reaction/convection/diffusion equations, one for the electron
density and the other for the electron energy density. The mean electron energy is
computed by dividing the electron energy density by the electron number density.
Model Definition
This tutorial example computes the electron number density and mean electron energy in
a drift tube. Electrons are released due to thermionic emission on the left boundary with
an assumed mean electron energy. The electrons are then accelerated towards the right
boundary due to an imposed external electric field which is oriented in the opposite
direction from the electron drift velocity:
Electric field
Electron Wall
influx
Figure 1: In the drift tube the electrons enter the left boundary and are accelerated by the
electric field toward the wall.
MODEL EQUATIONS
A simple model is set up to test the Drift Diffusion interface. The equations solved are, for
the electron number density:
n
( ) + e = Re (1)
t e
where
e = ( e E )n e D e n e (2)
and, ne denotes the electron density (1/m3), Re is the electron rate expression (1/(m3s)),
e is the electron mobility which is either a scalar or tensor (m2/(Vs)), E is the electric
field (V/m), and De is the electron diffusivity, which is either a scalar or a tensor. The first
term on the right side of Equation 2 represents migration of electrons due to an electric
field. The seconds term on the right side of Equation 2 represents diffusion of electrons
2 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
from regions of high electron density to low electron density.
An equation for the electron energy density is solved in conjunction with Equation 1. The
equation is:
(n ) + + E = R
(3)
t e
where
= ( E )n D n
Here, n is the electron energy density (V/m3), R is the energy loss/gain due to inelastic
collisions (V/(m3s)), is the electron energy mobility (m2/(Vs)), E is the electric field
(V/m), and D is the electron energy diffusivity (m2/s). The subscript refers to electron
energy. The third term on the left side of Equation 3 represents heating of the electrons
due to an external electric field. Note that this term can either be a heat source or a heat
sink depending on whether the electrons are drifting in the same direction as the electric
field or not. For a Maxwellian electron energy distribution function, the following
relationships hold:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
where Te is the electron temperature. So, given the electron mobility, the other
transport properties required can be computed. The electron temperature is a function
of the mean electron energy, which is defined as:
n
= -----
ne
and then:
T e = ---
2
3
SOURCE COEFFICIENTS
The electron source term, Re is the sum of the electron impact reaction rates that make up
the plasma chemistry. The electron energy loss due to inelastic collisions, R is a function
of the electron impact reaction rates multiplied by the energy loss corresponding to each
reaction. Mathematically, the electron source is defined as:
3 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
M
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (1/m3). The energy loss is
defined as:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
An influx of electron due to thermionic emission is specified on the left boundary. The
electrons that are emitted from the surface are then accelerated toward the wall by the
electric field. The acceleration leads to an increase in the mean electron energy and
subsequently ionization occurs. This creates new electrons, which are ultimately lost into
a wall opposite the emitting surface. The gain of electrons due to ionization is included in
the model by assuming the drift tube contains argon. This example assumes that the mole
fraction of electronically excited argon atoms and argon ions is very small. This means that
you do not solve additional equations for the mole fractions of these two species. The
following reactions are included in the model:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
The rate constants for these reactions are given in Arrhenius form:
B
k j = ATe exp ( E T e )
The rate constants are computed from cross-section data for each reaction assuming a
Maxwellian electron energy distribution function.
4 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Results and Discussion
The electron density is plotted in Figure 2. The peak electron density occurs close to the
far wall. The peak electron density is five times higher than the electron density on the left
wall due to new electrons being created through ionization.
Because there are no variations in the solution in the y-direction it can be more convenient
to create a 1D data set in the x-direction and plot various quantities v.s. the x-axis. Figure 3
plots the electron density as a function of the x-direction. The electron temperature is
plotted in Figure 4. On the left wall the electron temperature is fixed to 2 eV. The
temperature steadily increases over a narrow region. This is due to the fact that there is a
strong drift velocity in the opposite direction to the electric field. As the electron
temperature increases, so do the rate constants which are responsible for creating new
electrons. The increase in electron temperature also has a significant on the number of
inelastic collisions which occur in the tube. After the initial rise in electron temperature,
the electron temperature remains constant until close to the far wall. In this region the
joule heating caused by the electron drift velocity in the opposite direction to the electric
field is balanced by the energy loss due to inelastic collisions.
The highly nonlinear behavior in such a simple example showcases the fact that very
complicated dynamics occur in even the simplest of plasmas.
5 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Figure 3: Plot of the electron temperature across the drift tube.
6 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Figure 4: Cross section plot of electron density across the drift tube.
Figure 5: Cross plot of the electron temperature across the drift tube.
7 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Reference
1. G.J.M. Hagelaar and L.C. Pitchford, Solving the Boltzmann equation to obtain
electron transport coefficients and rate coefficients for fluid models, Plasma Sources Sci.
Technol, vol. 14, pp. 722733, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Drift Diffusion (dd).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 5E-3.
8 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
4 In the Height text field, type 5E-4.
Now add a table of expressions for the external electric field, temperature, pressure, and
the electron impact reactions occurring in the drift tube. You also define the influx of
electrons due to thermionic emission. The influx of electrons and the external electric
field are both ramped up from an initial value of zero to aid convergence at early
timesteps.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
9 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Name Expression Unit Description
de3 15.8[V] V Energy loss,
ionization
Re r3 Electron production
rate
Sen -e_const*(r1*de1+r2* Collisional power
de2+r3*de3) loss
Ex -d(V,x) V/m Electric field
V -100[V]*ramp* V Electric potential
(0.005[m]-x)/
0.005[m]
Ain 0.5E-3^2[m^2] m Wall area
I 2E-6[A] A Thermal emission
current
influx I/Ain/e_const*ramp 1/(ms) Electron influx
mueN 4E24[1/(m*V*s)] 1/(Vms) Reduced electron
mobility
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Drift Diffusion (dd) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the ne, 0 text field, type 1E16.
4 In the 0 text field, type 3.
10 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Electron Production Rate 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Electron Production Rate.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Electron Production Rate, locate the Electron Production
Rate section.
4 In the Re text field, type Re.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the General Wall Settings section.
3 Select the Include migration effects check box.
4 Select Boundary 4 only.
Wall 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Electron Density Wall Settings section.
4 In the tn text field, type influx.
5 Locate the Electron Energy Wall Settings section. Clear the Use wall for electron energy
check box.
The above boundary conditions applied to boundary 1 means that the mean electron
energy will be fixed at 3 electron volts and there will be an influx of electrons resulting
in a net current influx of 2E-6 amps.
When you create the mesh you want to use a finer mesh close to the walls so that the
sharp gradients in the electron density and electron energy density are adequately
resolved. You accomplish this by using a graded mapped mesh.
11 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Mapped.
Mapped 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Mapped 1 and
choose Distribution.
Distribution 1
1 Select Boundaries 2 and 3 only.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
3 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
4 In the Number of elements text field, type 200.
5 In the Element ratio text field, type 5.
6 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
7 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
4 Click Build All.
The mean electron energy and electron density can change on a sub nanosecond
timescale. The electron density and mean electron energy reach their steady state values
very quickly so it is only necessary to solve the problem for 1 microsecond.
STUDY 1
12 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
8 In the Number of values text field, type 100.
9 From the Function to apply to all values list, choose exp10.
10 Click Add.
11 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Cut Line 2D 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 2D.
2 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
3 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Line Data section.
4 In row Point 1, set y to 2.5e-4.
5 In row Point 2, set y to 2.5e-4 and x to 5-3.
6 Click Plot.
1D Plot Group 3
1 On the Results toolbar, click 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
13 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Line Graph 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 3 toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Drift Diffusion>Electron
density>dd.ne - Electron density.
3 On the 1D Plot Group 3 toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
Line Graph 1
1 On the 1D Plot Group 4 toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Drift Diffusion>Electron
energy density>dd.Te - Electron temperature.
3 On the 1D Plot Group 4 toolbar, click Plot.
14 | D R I F T D I F F U S I O N TU T O R I A L
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
Electrodeless Lamp
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
This model simulates an electrodeless lamp with argon/mercury chemistry. The low
excitation threshold for mercury atoms means that even though the mercury is present in
small concentrations, its interaction with electrons determines the overall discharge
characteristics. here is strong UV emission from the plasma at 185 nm and 253 nm
stemming from spontaneous decay of electronically excited mercury atoms. The UV
emission can stimulate phosphors coated on the surface of the bulb resulting in visible
light. From an electrical point of view, the lamp can be thought of as a transformer, where
the coil acts as the primary and the plasma acts as the secondary. If the efficiency of
discharge lamps could be increased by 1%, it would result in a saving of 109 kWh per year
worldwide.
Note: This application requires the Plasma Module and the AC/DC Module.
Model Definition
A schematic of the geometry used to solve the problem is given in Figure 1. A sinusoidal
current is applied to the copper coil (green) which creates a magnetic field in the ferrite
core (gray). When the plasma ignites, a magnetic circuit is created between the ferrite core
and the plasma. The free electrons in the plasma bulk are accelerated by the electric field.
This leads to creation of new electrons through ionization which sustains the plasma. In
2 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
quasi steady-state, the creation of new electrons is balanced by the loss of electrons to the
wall.
475 mtorr Ar
25 mtorr Hg
Dielectric
material
Copper coil
Ferrite core
The presence of mercury leads to the formation of electronically excited mercury atoms.
Certain excited states emit a photon at a given wavelength with a certain emission
frequency. By solving for the number density of each of the excited species, you can
determine the amount of energy channeled into creating the excited mercury atoms. You
can then calculate the amount of energy emitted from the plasma as photons.
3 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
The chemical mechanism comes from Ref. 1 and consists of 11 species and 96 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED.
4 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED.
5 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED.
6 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED.
REACTION FORMULA
1 Ars=>Ar
2 Ar+=>Ar
3 Hg1=>Hg
4 Hg2=>Hg
5 Hg3=>Hg
6 Hg4=>Hg
7 Hg5=>Hg
8 Hg6=>Hg
9 Hg+=>Hg
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( n ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] = R
t e e e e e e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
7 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
8 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
For a nonmagnetized and nonpolarized plasma, the induction currents are computed in
the frequency domain using the following equation:
2 1 e
( j 0 )A + ( 0 A ) = J
The plasma conductivity needs to be specified as a material property, usually from the cold
plasma approximation:
2
ne q
= -------------------------------
m e ( e + j )
where ne is the electron density, q is the electron charge, me is the electron mass, e is the
collision frequency and is the angular frequency.
ELECTRICAL EXCITATION
The lamp is operated by a fixed power of 80 watts. This means that the total power
dissipation in the system is 80 W. Some of the power is lost in the coil and the ferrite but
the bulk of the power is channeled into the plasma.
9 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Results and Discussion
The results are presented below.
The electron density is plotted in Figure 2. The electron density is high, as one would
expect in an inductively coupled plasma. The peak value of the electron density at the
driving frequency used in the model results in a peak plasma conductivity of around
180 S/m. The high value for the electron density and low excitation and ionization
threshold for mercury results in a very low electron temperature which is plotted in
Figure 3. The peak electron temperature is only 1.27 eV, which through Boltzmanns
relation results in a low plasma potential. The plasma potential is plotted in Figure 4 and
only peaks at 8 V.
10 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Figure 3: Plot of the electron temperature.
11 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Figure 5: Plot of the resistive losses.
12 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Figure 7: Plot of the number density of mercury ions.
The resistive losses in the plasma are plotted in Figure 5. The plasma skin depth is a few
centimeters so there is no real shielding of the azimuthal electric field. The mole fraction
of the ground state mercury is plotted in Figure 6. The mole fraction is low in the core of
the plasma and higher on the walls. This is because the electrons consume the ground state
mercury in the plasma core, converting it to electronically excited states. The electronically
excited mercury atoms diffuse to the walls of the lamp where they de-excite back to the
ground state. This continuous consumption of ground state mercury in the plasma bulk
and release on the walls results in large gradients in mole fraction within the bulb.
There are two ion species present in the plasma, argon, and mercury. Despite the fact that
the number density of ground state argon is 25 times higher than mercury, the density of
mercury ions is several hundred times greater than the density of argon ions. This is
because the ionization energy for mercury is only 10.44 eV compared to 15.7 eV for
argon. Direct ionization of mercury is preferable to argon because the tail of the electron
energy distribution function drops dramatically at higher electron energies. Additionally,
any argon ions which encounter a ground state or electronically excited mercury atom
donate their charge because it is energetically favorable.
13 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Figure 8: Plot of the mole fraction of Hg(63P1). Spontaneous decay of this species is responsible
for the generation of 253nm radiation.
The mole fraction of Hg(63P1) is plotted in Figure 8. These atoms spontaneously emit
photos at a frequency factor of 8106 s1. On the way to the walls of the lamp, the photons
continuously excite mercury atoms and then be released when spontaneous decay occurs.
This resonant absorption and re-absorption of the photons means that the frequency
factor appears to be much lower than it actually is. Since a self consistent model of the
radiation imprisonment of the photons is computationally impractical, a trapping factor is
used to approximate this effect. A trapping factor of 10 is used for the Hg(63P1) atoms
which means that the frequency factor is lowered by a factor of 10. In Figure 9 the mole
fraction of Hg(61P1) is plotted. A trapping factor of 1000 is used for the spontaneous
decay back to ground state mercury.
14 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Figure 9: Plot of the mole fraction of Hg(61P1). Spontaneous decay of this species is responsible
for the generation of 185nm radiation.
Reference
1. K. Rajaraman, Radiation Transport in Low Pressure Plasmas: Lighting and
Semiconductor Etching Plasmas, Ph.D. thesis, Depart. of Physics, University of Illinois,
2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
15 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Inductively Coupled Plasma.
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Multiphysics>
Frequency-Transient.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.004.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.05.
16 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.006.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.052.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.007.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.053.
Chamfer 1 (cha1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Chamfer.
2 Click the Zoom In button on the Graphics toolbar.
3 On the object r2, select Point 3 only.
4 In the Settings window for Chamfer, locate the Distance section.
5 In the Distance from vertex text field, type 1.5e-3.
6 Click Build All Objects.
Chamfer 2 (cha2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Chamfer.
2 On the object r3, select Point 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Chamfer, locate the Distance section.
4 In the Distance from vertex text field, type 2e-3.
5 Click Build All Objects.
Square 1 (sq1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Square.
2 In the Settings window for Square, locate the Size section.
3 In the Side length text field, type 0.001.
4 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type 0.0045.
5 In the z text field, type 0.025.
6 Click Build All Objects.
17 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Array 1 (arr1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Transforms and choose Array.
2 Select the object sq1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Array, locate the Size section.
4 From the Array type list, choose Linear.
5 In the Size text field, type 5.
6 Locate the Displacement section. In the z text field, type 5e-3.
7 Click Build All Objects.
8 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 Select Domains 59 only.
3 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Output Entities section.
4 From the Output entities list, choose Adjacent boundaries.
5 In the Label text field, type Coil boundaries.
Explicit 2
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 Select Domains 59 only.
3 In the Settings window for Explicit, type Coil domains in the Label text field.
18 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Explicit 3
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 8, 27, and 3538 only.
5 In the Label text field, type Boundary layers.
Explicit 4
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 Select Domain 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Explicit, type Discharge in the Label text field.
PLASMA (PLAS)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Plasma (plas).
2 Select Domain 4 only.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>Ar++Ar+e.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type N_A_const*
1.00E-15[m^3/s].
19 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg=>Hg++Ar+e.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type N_A_const*
9E-16[m^3/s].
58: Ars+Hg=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Reaction 2 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg1=>Hg++Ar+e.
59: Ars+Hg1=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>58: Ars+Hg=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg2=>Hg++Ar+e.
60: Ars+Hg2=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>59: Ars+Hg1=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg3=>Hg++Ar+e.
61: Ars+Hg3=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>60: Ars+Hg2=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg4=>Hg++Ar+e.
62: Ars+Hg4=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>61: Ars+Hg3=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg5=>Hg++Ar+e.
20 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
63: Ars+Hg5=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>62: Ars+Hg4=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Hg6=>Hg++Ar+e.
64: Ars+Hg6=>Hg++Ar+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>63: Ars+Hg5=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg3+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type N_A_const*
3.50E-16[m^3/s].
65: Hg3+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>64: Ars+Hg6=>Hg++Ar+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg3+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e.
66: Hg3+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>65: Hg3+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg3+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e.
67: Hg3+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>66: Hg3+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg3+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e.
68: Hg3+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>67: Hg3+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e.
21 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
69: Hg4+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>68: Hg3+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e.
70: Hg4+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>69: Hg4+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e.
71: Hg4+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>70: Hg4+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e.
72: Hg4+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>71: Hg4+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e.
73: Hg4+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>72: Hg4+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e.
74: Hg4+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>73: Hg4+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e.
22 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
75: Hg5+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>74: Hg4+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e.
76: Hg5+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>75: Hg5+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e.
77: Hg5+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>76: Hg5+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e.
78: Hg5+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>77: Hg5+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e.
79: Hg5+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>78: Hg5+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e.
80: Hg5+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>79: Hg5+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e.
23 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
81: Hg6+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>80: Hg5+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e.
82: Hg6+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>81: Hg6+Hg1=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e.
83: Hg6+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>82: Hg6+Hg2=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e.
84: Hg6+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>83: Hg6+Hg3=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e.
85: Hg6+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>84: Hg6+Hg4=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e.
86: Hg6+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>85: Hg6+Hg5=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar++Hg=>Hg++Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type N_A_const*
1.50E-17[m^3/s].
24 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
87: Ar++Hg=>Hg++Ar
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>86: Hg6+Hg6=>Hg++Hg+e and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar++Ar=>Ar++Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type N_A_const*
4.60E-16[m^3/s].
88: Ar++Ar=>Ar++Ar
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>87: Ar++Hg=>Hg++Ar and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg++Hg=>Hg+Hg+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type N_A_const*
1.00E-15[m^3/s].
89: Hg++Hg=>Hg+Hg+
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>88: Ar++Ar=>Ar++Ar and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg2=>Hg.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 8.00E6/tf1.
90: Hg2=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>89: Hg++Hg=>Hg+Hg+ and choose
Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4=>Hg.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 7.50E8/tf2.
91: Hg4=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>90: Hg2=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5=>Hg1.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 2.2E7.
25 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
92: Hg5=>Hg1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>91: Hg4=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5=>Hg2.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 6.6E7.
93: Hg5=>Hg2
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>92: Hg5=>Hg1 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5=>Hg3.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 2E7.
94: Hg5=>Hg3
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>93: Hg5=>Hg2 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6=>Hg1.
95: Hg6=>Hg1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>94: Hg5=>Hg3 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6=>Hg2.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 6E7.
96: Hg6=>Hg2
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>95: Hg6=>Hg1 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6=>Hg3.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 5E7.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Boundary layers.
2: Ars=>Ar
1 Right-click Surface Reaction 1 and choose Duplicate.
26 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
3: Ar+=>Ar
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>2: Ars=>Ar and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg1=>Hg.
4: Hg1=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>3: Ar+=>Ar and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg2=>Hg.
5: Hg2=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>4: Hg1=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg3=>Hg.
6: Hg3=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>5: Hg2=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg4=>Hg.
7: Hg4=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>6: Hg3=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg5=>Hg.
8: Hg5=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>7: Hg4=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg6=>Hg.
9: Hg6=>Hg
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas)>8: Hg5=>Hg and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Hg+=>Hg.
27 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Species: Hg
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Hg.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 0.05.
Species: Hg1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg1.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 2E-6.
Species: Hg2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg2.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 1E-6.
Species: Hg3
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg3.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 5E-6.
28 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Species: Hg4
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg4.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 1E-6.
Species: Hg5
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg5.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 5E-6.
Species: Hg6
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg6.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 In the x0 text field, type 1E-6.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
29 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
3 In the n0 text field, type 1E16.
Species: Hg+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Hg+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the Mw text field, type 0.2006.
4 In the text field, type 2.969[angstrom].
5 In the /kb text field, type 750.
6 Locate the Species Formula section. Select the Initial value from electroneutrality
constraint check box.
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Electron Density and Energy section.
3 In the e text field, type 4E24[1/(m*V*s)]/plas.Nn.
4 Locate the Model Inputs section. In the T text field, type Tinit.
5 In the pA text field, type pinit.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 In the Settings window for Ground, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Boundary layers.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Boundary layers.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the ne, 0 text field, type 1E17.
4 In the 0 text field, type 2.
5 Click the Zoom Box button on the Graphics toolbar.
30 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
MAGNETIC FIELDS (MF)
On the Physics toolbar, click Plasma (plas) and choose Magnetic Fields (mf).
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Magnetic Fields (mf).
Coil 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Coil.
2 In the Settings window for Coil, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coil domains.
4 Locate the Coil section. Select the Coil group check box.
5 From the Coil excitation list, choose Power.
6 In the Pcoil text field, type lamp_power.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 Select Domains 59 only.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 2 (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
31 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 3 (mat3)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 4 (mat4)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
32 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
MESH 1
1 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
2 From the Element size list, choose Extra fine.
Edge 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 In the Settings window for Edge, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coil boundaries.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coil boundaries.
4 Locate the Distribution section. From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined
distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 30.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 6.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
8 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
Mapped 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 From the Selection list, choose Coil domains.
33 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Edge 2
1 Right-click Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 Select Boundaries 8, 27, and 35 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 2 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
5 In the associated text field, type 5e-4.
Edge 3
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 Select Boundaries 3638 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 3 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 Click the Custom button.
4 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
5 In the associated text field, type 1e-3.
Boundary Layers 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Boundary Layers.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 4 only.
5 Click to expand the Transition section. Clear the Smooth transition to interior mesh check
box.
34 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
4 Locate the Boundary Layer Properties section. In the Boundary layer stretching factor text
field, type 1.1.
5 In the Thickness adjustment factor text field, type 1.
6 From the Thickness of first layer list, choose Manual.
7 In the Thickness text field, type 2E-5.
8 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
Free Triangular 1
In the Settings window for Free Triangular, click Build All.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
2 In the Frequency text field, type 2[MHz].
3 In the Times text field, type 0.
4 Click Range.
5 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
6 In the Start text field, type -8.
7 In the Stop text field, type log10(2e-3).
8 In the Number of values text field, type 3.
9 From the Function to apply to all values list, choose exp10.
10 Click Add.
11 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Selection
1 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
2 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 4 only.
35 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
2D Plot Group 6
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Power Deposition in the Label text
field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Power Deposition and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Data section.
3 From the Data set list, choose Study 1/Solution 1 (2) (sol1).
4 Click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of the Expression section. From the
menu, choose Component 1>Magnetic Fields>Heating and losses>mf.Qrh - Volumetric loss
density, electric.
5 On the Power Deposition toolbar, click Plot.
2D Plot Group 7
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Ground State Mercury Mole
Fraction in the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Ground State Mercury Mole Fraction and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mole fractions>plas.x_wHg - Mole fraction.
3 On the Ground State Mercury Mole Fraction toolbar, click Plot.
2D Plot Group 8
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Mercury Ion Number Density in the
Label text field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Mercury Ion Number Density and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wHg_1p - Number density.
3 On the Mercury Ion Number Density toolbar, click Plot.
36 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
2D Plot Group 9
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Mole Fraction of Excited Mercury
2 in the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Mole Fraction of Excited Mercury 2 and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mole fractions>plas.x_wHg2 - Mole fraction.
3 On the Mole Fraction of Excited Mercury 2 toolbar, click Plot.
2D Plot Group 10
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Mole Fraction of Excited Mercury
4 in the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Mole Fraction of Excited Mercury 4 and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mole fractions>plas.x_wHg4 - Mole fraction.
3 On the Mole Fraction of Excited Mercury 4 toolbar, click Plot.
37 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
38 | ELECTRODELESS LAMP
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
ICP Torch
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
Thermal plasmas have nowadays a large range of industrial applications including: cutting,
welding, spraying, waste destruction and surface treatment. Thermal plasmas are assumed
to be under partial to complete local thermodynamic equilibrium (LTE) conditions.
Under LTE, the plasma can be considered a conductive fluid mixture and therefore, be
modeled using the magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) equations. This model shows how to
use the Equilibrium Inductively Coupled Discharge interface to simulate the plasma
generated in an inductively coupled plasma torch.
Figure 1: Geometry of an inductively coupled plasma torch. The torch is composed of three
concentric quartz tubes in which gas are injected from the bottom and exit from the top the
torch. In this model, a fixed power of 11 kW is transfered to the plasma by a three turn coil
operating at 3MHz.
Note: This application requires the Plasma Module and AC/DC Module.
Model Definition
This model is based on the work presented in Ref. 1 and uses the following assumptions:
2 | I C P TO R C H
2 The coil consists of parallel current carrying rings with a circle cross section, 6 mm in
diameter. This implies neglecting the axial component of the coil current.
3 Steady state, laminar pure argon plasma flow at atmospheric pressure.
4 Optically thin plasma under local thermodynamic equilibrium (LTE) conditions.
5 Viscous dissipation and pressure work in the energy equation are neglected.
Figure 2 shows the geometry of the model.
Figure 2: Schematic of the ICP torch. Flow enters from the base (v1, v2 and v3) and leaves out
the top. The dimensions of the different part of the model are given in the Modeling
Instructions section.
In this model excitation is provided to a three turns coil at 3 MHz. The gas flowing in the
sheath tube (plasma confinement tube) is then ionized by Joule heating.
The model is solved using a frequency-transient study in combination with a single turn
coil feature which set a fixed power to the system (11 kW). By fixing the power, the current
and electric potential can vary in the coil as the plasma electrical conductivity builds up.
Steady-state is reached when the coil current stabilized to its nominal value.
In this model the three different gas stream velocities (v1 for the carrier tube, v2 for the
central tube and v3 for the sheath tube) are composed of pure argon. The temperature
dependent argons physical properties are loaded from the material library under
Equilibrium Discharge. Note that the temperature range of the physical properties span
3 | I C P TO R C H
from 500 K to 25 000K. Note also that a minimum electrical conductivity has been used
to initiate the plasma. The latter has been set to 1 S/m.
Figure 6 displays the magnetic flux norm at steady state (0.1 s). Note that the electrical
conductivity of the plasma screens the magnetic flux as a consequence of the skin effect.
Figure 7 shows the coil current as a function of the simulation time. The steady state is
reached when the current stabilizes, i.e. around t=0.1 s.
4 | I C P TO R C H
Figure 3: Surface plot of the LTE plasma temperature.
5 | I C P TO R C H
Figure 5: Plot of the plasma electrical conductivity.
Figure 6: Norm of the magnetic flux. Note the effect of the resistivity on the penetration of the
field (skin effect).
6 | I C P TO R C H
Figure 7: Coil current as a function of time for a fixed excitation power. Note the stabilization
of the current density as the system reach the steady state.
Reference
1. S. Xue, P. Proulx and M.I. Boulos, Extended-field electromagnetic model for
inductively coupled plasma, J. Phys. D. 34, 1897, 2001
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
7 | I C P TO R C H
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Equilibrium Discharges>Equilibrium Inductively
Coupled Plasma.
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Multiphysics>
Frequency-Transient.
6 Click Done.
ROOT
Select the mm units.
GEOMETRY 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Geometry 1.
2 In the Settings window for Geometry, locate the Units section.
3 From the Length unit list, choose mm.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
8 | I C P TO R C H
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
9 | I C P TO R C H
Name Expression Value Description
mv_stp 22.4[l/mole] 0.0224 m/mol Molar volume at stp
mdot1 M*Q_1/mv_stp 2.976E-5 kg/s Mass flow rate:
Carrier tube
mdot2 M*Q_2/mv_stp 8.929E-5 kg/s Mass flow rate:
Central tube
mdot3 M*Q_3/mv_stp 9.226E-4 kg/s Mass flow rate:
Sheath tube
rho_stp 1.91[kg/m^3] 1.91 kg/m Density of argon at
stp
A1 pi*(r_1)^2 4.301E-5 m Cross section:
Carrier gas stream
A2 pi*(r_2^2-(r_1+ 0.001008 m Cross section:
d_1)^2) Central gas stream
A3 pi*(r_0^2-(r_2+ 5.781E-4 m Cross section:
d_2)^2) Sheath gas stream
v1 mdot1/rho_stp/A1 0.3623 m/s Velocity: Carrier
gas stream
v2 mdot2/rho_stp/A2 0.04636 m/s Velocity: Central
gas stream
v3 mdot3/rho_stp/A3 0.8356 m/s Velocity: Sheath gas
stream
Define the computational domain.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type r_3.
4 In the Height text field, type L_3.
Define the carrier tube.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type d_1.
4 In the Height text field, type L_0.
10 | I C P TO R C H
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r_1.
Define the central tube.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type d_2.
4 In the Height text field, type L_0.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r_2.
Define the sheat tube.
Rectangle 4 (r4)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type d_3.
4 In the Height text field, type L_3.
5 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r_0.
Define the coils.
Circle 1 (c1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type d_c/2.
4 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r_c.
5 In the z text field, type L_1.
Circle 2 (c2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Radius text field, type d_c/2.
4 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r_c.
5 In the z text field, type (L_1+L_2)/2.
Circle 3 (c3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Circle.
2 In the Settings window for Circle, locate the Size and Shape section.
11 | I C P TO R C H
3 In the Radius text field, type d_c/2.
4 Locate the Position section. In the r text field, type r_c.
5 In the z text field, type L_2.
6 Click Build All Objects.
Define a ramp function that will be used to bring the initial gas stream to their steady
state values.
DEFINITIONS
Ramp 1 (rm1)
1 On the Home toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Ramp.
Set the slope of the ramp function such that the steady state values are reached over a
short interval of time, e.g. one excitation cycle. The steady state values are reached when
the ramp function is equal to unity. Check the cutoff box and make sure the value of the
cutoof is set to 1 in order to limit the value of the ramp function to one.
2 In the Settings window for Ramp, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the Slope text field, type freq.
4 Select the Cutoff check box.
Define the different domain type for easy selection.
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Air in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 Select Domain 5 only.
Explicit 2
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 2 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Plasma in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 Select Domain 1 only.
Explicit 3
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
12 | I C P TO R C H
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 3 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Quartz in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 Select Domains 24 only.
Explicit 4
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 4 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Coils in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 Select Domains 68 only.
Add the different materials used in the model using the material library.
ADD MATERIAL
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Material to open the Add Material window.
2 Go to the Add Material window.
3 In the tree, select Built-In>Air.
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
MATERIALS
Air (mat1)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Materials click Air (mat1).
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Air.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select AC/DC>Copper.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
MATERIALS
Copper (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Materials click Copper (mat2).
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
13 | I C P TO R C H
3 From the Selection list, choose Coils.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select AC/DC>Quartz.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
MATERIALS
Quartz (mat3)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Materials click Quartz (mat3).
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Quartz.
ADD MATERIAL
1 Go to the Add Material window.
2 In the tree, select Equilibrium Discharge>Argon.
3 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
MATERIALS
Argon (mat4)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Materials click Argon (mat4).
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Plasma.
4 On the Home toolbar, click Add Material to close the Add Material window.
Adjust the selection and features of each physics composing the model.
The magnetic field interface is used over the whole computational domain. The
Single-Turn Coil feature is used here to transfer the excitation power to the plasma.
14 | I C P TO R C H
Coil 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Coil.
2 In the Settings window for Coil, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coils.
4 Locate the Coil section. Select the Coil group check box.
5 From the Coil excitation list, choose Power.
6 In the Pcoil text field, type Pext.
The heat transfer in the air is neglected in this model.
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N F L U I D S ( H T )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Heat Transfer in Fluids
(ht).
2 Select Domains 1 and 4 only.
Solid 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Solid.
2 Select Domain 4 only.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, type T0 in the T text field.
Add a heat transfer in solids feature for the solid part of the heat transfer model (tubes
and coils).
Temperature 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundary 17 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type T0.
The single phase flow is only applied to the plasma.
15 | I C P TO R C H
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Laminar Flow (spf).
2 In the Settings window for Laminar Flow, locate the Physical Model section.
3 From the Compressibility list, choose Compressible flow (Ma<0.3).
4 Locate the Domain Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Plasma.
5 Click to expand the Equation section. From the Equation form list, choose Stationary.
6 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Stabilization in
the menu.
7 Click to expand the Consistent stabilization section. Locate the Consistent Stabilization
section. Find the Navier-Stokes equations subsection. Clear the Crosswind diffusion check
box.
8 Click to expand the Inconsistent stabilization section. Locate the Inconsistent
Stabilization section. Select the Isotropic diffusion check box.
9 In the id text field, type 10-10*tanh(1000*(t-0.08)).
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
Add the inlets with their proper velocities. Note the presence of the ramp function. The
later is used to ramp the velocities from their initial values to the steady state.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type v1*rm1(t[1/s]).
Inlet 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 8 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type v2*rm1(t[1/s]).
Inlet 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 13 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Velocity section.
4 In the U0 text field, type v3*rm1(t[1/s]).
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
16 | I C P TO R C H
2 Select Boundary 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 Clear the Suppress backflow check box.
The Lorentz force can be neglected in this model. Neglecting this force also makes the
model much easier to solve.
MULTIPHYSICS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Multiphysics right-click Lorentz
Force 1 (lf1) and choose Disable.
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Edit Physics-Induced Sequence.
Size 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size 1.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
Size 2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 click Size 2.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
Boundary Layers 2
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Boundary Layers.
2 Right-click Boundary Layers 2 and choose Move Up.
3 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
4 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
5 Select Domains 68 only.
17 | I C P TO R C H
4 In the Settings window for Boundary Layer Properties, locate the Boundary Layer
Properties section.
5 In the Number of boundary layers text field, type 4.
6 From the Thickness of first layer list, choose Manual.
7 In the Thickness text field, type 8[um].
8 Click Build All.
STUDY 1
1 In the Settings window for Study, locate the Study Settings section.
2 Clear the Generate default plots check box.
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1 node, then click Step 1:
Frequency-Transient.
2 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
3 In the Times text field, type range(0,0.05,1)*0.1.
4 In the Frequency text field, type freq.
Change some solver settings.
Solution 1 (sol1)
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 (sol1) node.
3 Right-click Time-Dependent Solver 1 and choose Segregated.
4 Right-click Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 (sol1)>Time-Dependent Solver 1>
Segregated 1 and choose Lower Limit.
5 In the Settings window for Lower Limit, locate the Lower Limit section.
6 In the Lower limits (field variables) text field, type comp1.T 300.
7 Right-click Segregated 1 and choose Segregated Step.
8 In the Settings window for Segregated Step, locate the General section.
9 Under Variables, click Add.
10 In the Add dialog box, In the Variables list, choose Pressure (comp1.p) and Velocity field
(comp1.u).
11 Click OK.
12 In the Settings window for Segregated Step, click to expand the Method and termination
section.
18 | I C P TO R C H
13 Locate the Method and Termination section. From the Jacobian update list, choose On
every iteration.
14 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 (sol1)>
Time-Dependent Solver 1>Segregated 1 click Segregated Step.
15 In the Settings window for Segregated Step, locate the General section.
16 In the Variables list, choose Pressure (comp1.p) and Velocity field (comp1.u).
17 Under Variables, click Delete.
18 Locate the Method and Termination section. From the Jacobian update list, choose On
every iteration.
19 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 (sol1) click
Time-Dependent Solver 1.
20 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Time stepping
section.
21 Locate the Time Stepping section. From the Steps taken by solver list, choose
Intermediate.
22 Select the Nonlinear controller check box.
23 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
Create some relevant figures.
The temperature.
RESULTS
2D Plot Group 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click 2D Plot Group 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Temperature in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Temperature and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type T.
4 On the Temperature toolbar, click Plot.
Duplicate the figure to display the fluid velocity magnitude.
19 | I C P TO R C H
Temperature
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Temperature and choose Duplicate.
Temperature 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Temperature 1 and choose
Rename.
2 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Velocity in the New label text field.
3 Click OK.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Velocity node, then click Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type spf.U.
4 On the Velocity toolbar, click Plot.
Duplicate the figure to display the electrical conductivity.
Velocity
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity and choose Duplicate.
Velocity 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Velocity 1 and choose Rename.
2 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Electrical conductivity in the New
label text field.
3 Click OK.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Electrical conductivity node, then click
Surface 1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type mf.sigmarr*(dom==1).
4 On the Electrical conductivity toolbar, click Plot.
Duplicate the figure to display the norm of the magnetic flux. Note the effect of the
plasma conductivity on the skin depth.
Electrical conductivity
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electrical conductivity and choose
Duplicate.
20 | I C P TO R C H
Electrical conductivity 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Electrical conductivity 1 and
choose Rename.
2 In the Rename 2D Plot Group dialog box, type Magnetic flux in the New label text field.
3 Click OK.
Surface 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Magnetic flux node, then click Surface
1.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type mf.normB.
4 On the Magnetic flux toolbar, click Plot.
Display the coil current as a function of time. Note the time it takes to get the steady
state (constant current in the coils).
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click 1D Plot Group 5 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename 1D Plot Group dialog box, type Coil current in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
Global 1
1 On the Coil current toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the y-Axis Data section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Revolution 2D 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Revolution 2D.
2 In the Settings window for Revolution 2D, click to expand the Revolution layers section.
3 Locate the Revolution Layers section. In the Start angle text field, type -90.
21 | I C P TO R C H
4 In the Revolution angle text field, type 225.
Then create the 3D plot.
3D Plot Group 6
1 On the Results toolbar, click 3D Plot Group.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click 3D Plot Group 6 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename 3D Plot Group dialog box, type Temperature 3D in the New label text
field.
4 Click OK.
Volume 1
1 Right-click Temperature 3D and choose Volume.
2 In the Settings window for Volume, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type T.
4 On the Temperature 3D toolbar, click Plot.
5 Click the Go to Default 3D View button on the Graphics toolbar.
Set the figure as a model thumbnail by clicking on the root folder in the model builder
than expand the model thumbnail section and click on set model thumbnail.
22 | I C P TO R C H
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
Wave-heated discharges can be very simple, such as when a plane wave is guided into a
reactor using a waveguide, or very complicated, such as in the case with ECR (electron
cyclotron resonance) reactors. In this simple example, a wave is launched down a
waveguide where it intersects a flowing gas at low pressure, resulting in formation of an
argon plasma. Microwave plasmas typically have high number density without requiring
significant power absorption. The plasma potential is also quite low compared to capacitive
or DC discharges. Therefore, microwave plasmas share many of the characteristics of
inductive discharges.
Figure 1: Diagram of geometry modeled. A TE or TM mode wave enters from the top port and
intersects the gas flow leading to the formation of a plasma.
Model Definition
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
In a microwave reactor the high frequency electric field is computed in the frequency
domain using the following equation:
( r E ) k 0 r --------- E = 0
1 2 j
0
The relationship between the plasma current density and the electric field becomes more
complicated in the presence of a DC magnetic field. The following equation defines this
relationship:
1
J = E
Here, is the plasma conductivity tensor, which is a function of the electron density,
collision frequency, and magnetic flux density. Using the definitions:
q
= -------------------------------, = n e q
m e ( e + j )
where q is the electron charge, me is the electron mass, ne is the collision frequency, and
is the angular frequency of the electromagnetic field. In this example, the inverse of the
plasma conductivity is diagonal because there is no external DC magnetic field:
1
--- 0 0
1
= 0 1 --- 0
1
0 0 ---
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
The chemical mechanism for the plasma consists of only 3 species and 7 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
Stepwise ionization (reaction 5) can play an important role in sustaining low pressure
argon discharges. Excited argon atoms are consumed via superelastic collisions with
electrons, quenching with neutral argon atoms, ionization or Penning ionization where
two metastable argon atoms react to form a neutral argon atom, an argon ion and an
electron. Reaction number 7 is responsible for heating of the gas. The 11.5 eV of energy
which was consumed in creating the electronically excited argon atom is returns to the gas
as thermal energy when the excited metastable quenches. In addition to volumetric
reactions, the following surface reactions are implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
When a metastable argon atom makes contact with the wall, it reverts to the ground state
argon atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
ELECTRICAL EXCITATION
The plasma is sustained through absorption of electromagnetic waves. The Port boundary
condition is used to excite the plasma. A total absorbed power of 30 W is fed into the port.
In a second study, the electrical excitation is changed to the TM mode, where the electric
field has only an in-plane component. The total absorbed power is the same as the TE
mode case.
In the TE mode, electrons do not experience any change in the high-frequency electric
field during the microwave time scale. This means that the phase coherence between the
electrons and electromagnetic waves is only destroyed through collisions with the
background gas. The loss of phase coherence between the electrons and high-frequency
fields is what results in energy gain for the electrons. Therefore, the momentum collision
frequency is simply given by:
m = e
When switching to the TM mode, the electron density, electron temperature and plasma
potential are quite similar to the TE mode case. This can be seen in Figure 7, Figure 8 and
Figure 9. The electric field is very different however, Figure 9. The electric field cannot
penetrate past the contour of critical electron density, and has its greatest magnitude in this
location. The power deposition, Figure 10 is also highly localized to the contour of critical
electron density. The TM mode causes in-plane motion of the electrons on the microwave
time scale, so in regions where the high-frequency electric field is significant (the contour
where the electron density is equal to the critical density), the time-averaged electric field
experienced by the electrons may be non-zero. This destroys the phase coherence between
the electrons and the fields, causing the electrons to gain energy. This is an example of a
non-local kinetic effect, which is difficult to approximate with a fluid model. However,
since this effect is similar to collisions with a background gas, the non-local effects can be
m = e + eff
where eff is the effective collision frequency to account for non-local effects. In this
example, since the Doppler broadening parameter is set to 20, this corresponds to an
effective collision frequency of:
eff = ------
20
Figure 5: Plot of the electric field norm. The white contour represents the critical plasma
Figure 6: Plot of the power deposition into the plasma. The white contour represents the critical
plasma density, where the electron density is equal to 7.6E16[1/m3].
Figure 9: Close up of the high frequency electric field norm for the TM mode case.
Figure 10: Close up of the power deposition into the plasma for the TM mode case.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Microwave Plasma.
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Multiphysics>
Frequency-Transient.
6 Click Done.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.05.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.1.
5 Click Build All Objects.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.25.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.05.
5 Locate the Position section. In the x text field, type -0.1.
6 In the y text field, type 0.1.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.05.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.1.
5 Locate the Position section. In the y text field, type 0.15.
6 Click Build All Objects.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
DEFINITIONS
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 13, 6, 8, 11, and 13 only.
5 Right-click Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Walls in the New label text field.
PLASMA (PLAS)
1 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Domain Selection section.
2 Click Clear Selection.
3 Select Domain 1 only.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Walls.
5 In the Model Builder window, click Plasma (plas).
6 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Transport Settings section.
7 Select the Convection check box.
8 Locate the Plasma Properties section. Select the Use reduced electron transport properties
check box.
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 Specify the u vector as
10 x
0 y
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the ne, 0 text field, type 1E17.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 In the Settings window for Ground, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Electron Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Electron Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 14 only.
Species: Ars
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ars.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Outflow.
2 In the Settings window for Outflow, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Boundary 14 only.
Species: Ar+
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar+.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Outflow.
2 In the Settings window for Outflow, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Boundary 14 only.
Port 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Port.
2 Select Boundary 9 only.
3 In the Settings window for Port, locate the Port Properties section.
4 From the Type of port list, choose Rectangular.
5 From the Wave excitation at this port list, choose On.
6 Select the Specify deposited power check box.
7 In the Pdep text field, type P0.
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 Select Domains 2 and 3 only.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Boundary Layers.
Boundary Layers 1
1 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
2 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
3 Select Domain 1 only.
Size
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Calibrate for list, choose Plasma.
4 From the Predefined list, choose Fine.
5 Click Build All.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
2 In the Times text field, type 0.
3 Click Range.
4 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
5 In the Start text field, type -8.
6 In the Stop text field, type -2.
7 In the Number of values text field, type 31.
8 From the Function to apply to all values list, choose exp10.
9 Click Add.
10 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
11 In the Frequency text field, type 2.45[GHz].
12 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Contour 1
1 In the Settings window for Contour, locate the Levels section.
2 From the Entry method list, choose Levels.
Surface 1
1 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Electromagnetic Waves,
Frequency Domain>Heating and losses>emw.Qrh - Resistive losses.
2 On the Resistive Heating toolbar, click Plot.
Now change to the in-plane electric field, which makes the problem much more difficult
to solve. This is because all the power will be absorbed on the contour of critical electron
density. Setting a Doppler broadening parameter of 20 smooths out the region over
which power is deposited to help with convergence.
MULTIPHYSICS
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Multiphysics click Plasma
Conductivity Coupling 1 (pcc1).
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Conductivity Coupling, locate the Compute Tensor
Plasma Conductivity section.
3 Select the Compute tensor plasma conductivity check box.
4 In the text field, type 20.
Port 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Electromagnetic Waves,
Frequency Domain (emw) click Port 1.
2 In the Settings window for Port, locate the Port Mode Settings section.
3 From the Mode type list, choose Transverse magnetic (TM).
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for
Multiphysics>Frequency-Transient.
4 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
STUDY 2
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to close the Add Study window.
2 In the Model Builder window, under Study 2 click Step 1: Frequency-Transient.
3 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
4 In the Times text field, type 0.
5 Click Range.
6 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
7 In the Start text field, type -8.
8 In the Stop text field, type -2.
9 In the Number of values text field, type 31.
10 From the Function to apply to all values list, choose exp10.
11 Click Add.
12 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
13 In the Frequency text field, type 2.45[GHz].
14 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
Resistive Heating
In the Model Builder window, under Results right-click Resistive Heating and choose
Duplicate.
Resistive Heating 1
1 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
2 From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 2 (sol2).
3 On the Resistive Heating 1 toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 11
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Port Power in the Label text field.
Global 1
1 On the Port Power toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Electromagnetic Waves,
Frequency Domain>Global>emw.Pin - Port input power.
3 On the Port Power toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click to expand the Legends section. From the Legends list, choose Manual.
5 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
TE Mode
Port Power
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Port Power.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, click to expand the Legend section.
Global 1
In the Model Builder window, under Results>Port Power right-click Global 1 and choose
Duplicate.
Global 2
1 In the Settings window for Global, locate the Data section.
2 From the Data set list, choose Study 2/Solution 2 (sol2).
3 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
TM Mode
4 Click to expand the Title section. From the Title type list, choose None.
5 On the Port Power toolbar, click Plot.
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
One of the most useful quantities of interest after solving a self-consistent plasma model is
the ion energy distribution function (IEDF). The magnitude and shape of the IEDF
depends on many of the discharge parameters; pressure, plasma potential, sheath width
and so forth. At very low pressures the plasma sheath is said to be collisionless, meaning
that the ion energy is not retarded by collisions with the background gas. At higher
pressures the ions collide with the background gas molecules in the sheath and their energy
at the moment of impact with a surface is reduced.
Note: This application requires the Plasma Module, Particle Tracing Module, and AC/
DC Module.
Model Definition
The equations of motion for ions in an electric field and background gas are
d ( mv ) = qZE
dt
where m is the ion mass (SI unit: kg), v is the particle velocity (SI unit: m/s), q is unit
charge (SI unit: C), Z is the ion charge number (SI unit: dimensionless).
When an ion undergoes a collision with the background gas, its velocity vector changes.
The probability of a collision event occurring depends in the ion-neutral collision
frequency, (SI unit: 1/s) which is defined as:
= Nd vp vg
where Nd is the background number density (SI unit: 1/m3), is the ion-neutral charge
exchange collision cross section (SI unit: m2) and vp is the particle velocity and vg is the
velocity of the background gas atoms or molecules. In this example the collision cross
section is assumed to be constant, 6x10-19m2, as given in Ref. 2.
P = 1 exp ( t )
If P is greater than a random number between 0 and 1 then the particle velocity is
reinitialized to the following expression:
where vp is the precollision particle velocity, mg is the mass of the background gas atoms
or molecules, R is a uniformly distributed random unit vector, and vg is the velocity of the
background gas atoms or molecules, which is sampled from a Maxwellian distribution
function:
2
1 ( vg u )
f ( v g ) = --------------------------------------
- exp -------------------------------
-
2k B T m g
32 ( 2k B T ) m g
The particles are released 5 mm away from the wafer surface and 20 mm radially inwards
from the center of the reactor. There are 22,500 ions modeled. They all start at the same
point in space and have an initial Maxwellian distribution function, which is for each
velocity direction
2
m - exp ----------
mv i
f ( vi ) = -------------- -
2kT 2kT
where T is the initial temperature of the ions, in this case 400K. This results in a
distribution function of
nsdim
f(v) = f ( vi )
i=1
When the ions strike the wafer their velocity is frozen for all subsequent timesteps. This
allows the velocity and energy distribution function to be recovered once all the ions have
made contact with the wall.
The angle at which the ions strike the wafer is also of interest. This can be recovered by
plotting a histogram of the inverse tangent of the radial and axial particle velocities.
The IEDF is plotted in Figure 2. Most of the ions have kinetic energy between around 20
and 22 eV. At the initial starting coordinate, the plasma potential is 20.98V , so it is
expected that the kinetic energy of the ions at the wall is of similar order. As the pressure
decreases the collision frequency between ions and neutrals is reduced, so the IEDF should
shift to the right, towards the maximum value given by the plasma potential. As the
pressure increases the sheath becomes more collisional which inhibits the ions from
reaching higher energies. Of course, changing the pressure results in a change in the
Figure 2: Plot of the ion energy distribution function (IEDF) in an inductively coupled
plasma.
The angle at which the ions are striking the wafer surface are plotted in Figure 3. Due to
the fact that the ions are released relatively close to the wafer surface, the range of angles
is small, typically between -20 and 20 degrees. The plot is not quite symmetric due to the
presence of a small outward component of the ambipolar electric field.
The ion angular energy distribution function is plotted in Figure 4. The angle is not quite
symmetric about zero due to the profile of the electric field at the release point.
References
1. O.V. Vozniy, G.Y. Yeom, and A. Yu. Kropotov, Plasma Potential Influence on Ion
Energy Distribution Function in ICP Source, PSE, vol 5, no 1-2, pp. 2833, http://
www.pse.scpt.org.ua/en/jornal/1-2_07/3.pdf.
Modeling Instructions
Start by opening the model of the inductively coupled GEC reference cell from the Plasma
Module Application Library.
Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
argon_gec_icp.mph.
COMPONENT 1 (COMP1)
Now add a Charged Particle Tracing interface to compute the ion energy distribution
function.
ADD PHYSICS
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Physics to open the Add Physics window.
2 Go to the Add Physics window.
3 In the tree, select AC/DC>Particle Tracing>Charged Particle Tracing (cpt).
4 Click Add to Component in the window toolbar.
5 On the Home toolbar, click Add Physics to close the Add Physics window.
ADD STUDY
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Study to open the Add Study window.
2 Go to the Add Study window.
3 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies.
4 Find the Physics interfaces in study subsection. In the table, clear the Solve check box for
Plasma (plas) and Magnetic Fields (mf).
5 Find the Studies subsection. In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time
Dependent.
6 Click Add Study in the window toolbar.
C H A R G E D PA R T I C L E TR A C I N G ( C P T )
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1) node, then click Charged
Particle Tracing (cpt).
2 In the Settings window for Charged Particle Tracing, locate the Domain Selection
section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Domain 3 only.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
DEFINITIONS
Analytic 1 (an1)
1 On the Home toolbar, click Functions and choose Global>Analytic.
Enter the analytic approximation for momentum cross section for elastic scattering
between Ar+ ions and neutral Ar atoms, which which depends on the kinetic energy of
the particles.
2 In the Settings window for Analytic, type Qm in the Function name text field.
3 Locate the Definition section. In the Expression text field, type 1.15e-18*x^(-0.1)*
(1+0.015/x)^0.6.
4 Locate the Units section. In the Arguments text field, type eV.
5 In the Function text field, type m^2.
C H A R G E D PA R T I C L E TR A C I N G ( C P T )
Particle Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Charged Particle Tracing (cpt)
click Particle Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Particle Properties, locate the Particle Mass section.
3 In the mp text field, type mi.
4 Locate the Charge Number section. In the Z text field, type 1.
Now add an Electric Force feature. The electric potential comes from the solved plasma
model. Specify that piecewise polynomial recovery should be used when computing the
electric force. This results in a more accurate reconstruction of the electric field.
Electric Force 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Electric Force.
2 Select Domain 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Electric Force, locate the Electric Force section.
4 From the Specify force using list, choose Electric potential.
5 From the V list, choose Electric potential (plas/pes1).
6 Locate the Advanced Settings section. Select the Use piecewise polynomial recovery on field
check box.
Now you add the collisional force between the ions and background gas. The collision
frequency is a function of the neutral number density (plas.Nn), the elastic and charge
exchange cross section and the particle velocity (cpt.V).
Collisions 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Collisions.
Elastic 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Elastic.
2 In the Settings window for Elastic, locate the Collision Frequency section.
3 In the text field, type Qi(cpt.Ep).
Collisions 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Charged Particle Tracing (cpt)
click Collisions 1.
STUDY 2
RESULTS
1D Plot Group 13
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Ion Energy Distribution
Function in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Particle 1.
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
Histogram 1
1 On the Ion Energy Distribution Function toolbar, click Histogram.
2 In the Settings window for Histogram, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Charged Particle
Tracing>Velocity and energy>cpt.Ep - Particle kinetic energy.
3 Locate the Expression section. From the Unit list, choose eV.
4 Locate the Bins section. From the Entry method list, choose Limits.
5 In the Limits text field, type range(0,25/500,25).
6 On the Ion Energy Distribution Function toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 14
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Ion Angular Distribution
Function in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Particle 1.
4 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
Histogram 1
1 On the Ion Angular Distribution Function toolbar, click Histogram.
2 In the Settings window for Histogram, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type atan(cpt.vr/cpt.vz).
2D Plot Group 15
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Ion Angular Energy Distribution
Function in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Particle 1.
4 From the Time (s) list, choose 5E-6.
Histogram 1
1 On the Ion Angular Energy Distribution Function toolbar, click More Plots and choose
Histogram.
2 In the Settings window for Histogram, locate the x-Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type atan(cpt.vr/cpt.vz).
4 From the Unit list, choose .
5 Select the Description check box.
6 In the associated text field, type Angle of incidence (deg).
7 Locate the y-Expression section. In the Expression text field, type cpt.Ep.
8 From the Unit list, choose eV.
9 Locate the Bins section. Find the x bins subsection. From the Entry method list, choose
Limits.
10 In the Limits text field, type range(-10,20/79,10).
11 Find the y bins subsection. From the Entry method list, choose Limits.
12 In the Limits text field, type range(0,22/79,22).
DC Glow Discharge, 1D
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
DC glow discharges in the low pressure regime have long been used for gas lasers and
fluorescent lamps. DC discharges are attractive to study because the solution is time
independent. This model shows how to use the Plasma interface to set up an analysis of a
positive column. The discharge is sustained by emission of secondary electrons at the
cathode.
Model Definition
The DC discharge consists of two electrodes, one powered (the anode) and one grounded
(the cathode):
Cathode Anode
Figure 1: Schematic of the DC discharge. The voltage applied across the electrodes leads to
formation of a plasma.
DOMAIN EQUATIONS
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( n ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
where:
e = ( e E )n e D e n e
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
2 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions which contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (1/m3). For DC discharges
it is better practice to use Townsend coefficients instead of rate coefficients to define
reaction rates. Townsend coefficients provide a better description of what happens in the
cathode fall region Ref 1. When Townsend coefficients are used, the electron source term
is given by:
Re = xj j Nn e
j=1
where j is the Townsend coefficient for reaction j (m2) and e is the electron flux as
defined above (1/(m2s)). Townsend coefficients can increase the stability of the
numerical scheme when the electron flux is field driven as is the case with DC discharges.
The electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all
reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (V). The rate coefficients may be computed
from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (kg), is energy (V), k is
the collision cross section (m2) and f is the electron energy distribution function. In this
3 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed. When Townsend coefficients are used, the electron
energy loss is taken as:
R = xj j Nn e j
j=1
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Unlike RF discharges, the mechanism for sustaining the discharge is emission of secondary
electrons from the cathode. An electron is emitted from the cathode surface with a
specified probability when struck by an ion. These electrons are then accelerated by the
strong electric field close to the cathode where they acquire enough energy to initiate
ionization. The net result is a rapid increase in the electron density close to the cathode in
a region often known as the cathode fall or Crookes dark space.
Electrons are lost to the wall due to random motion within a few mean free paths of the
wall and gained due to secondary emission effects, resulting in the following boundary
condition for the electron flux:
n e = --- e, th n e
1
2 p ( p n ) (1)
p
4 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
and the electron energy flux:
n = --- e, th n
5
6 p p ( p n ) (2)
p
The second term on the right-hand side of Equation 1 is the gain of electrons due to
secondary emission effects, p being the secondary emission coefficient. The second term
in Equation 2 is the secondary emission energy flux, p being the mean energy of the
secondary electrons. For the heavy species, ions are lost to the wall due to surface reactions
and the fact that the electric field is directed towards the wall:
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
Argon is one of the simplest mechanisms to implement at low pressures. The electronically
excited states can be lumped into a single species which results in a chemical mechanism
consisting of only 3 species and 7 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
In this discharge, the electron density and density of excited species is relatively low so
stepwise ionization is not as important as in high density discharges. In addition to
volumetric reactions, the following surface reactions are implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
When a metastable argon atom makes contact with the wall, it reverts to the ground state
argon atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
5 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
Results and Discussion
The electric potential, electron density, and mean electron energy are all quantities of
interest. Most of the variation in each of these quantities occurs along the axial length of
the column. Figure 2 plots the electron density in the column. The electron density peaks
in the region between the cathode fall and positive column. This region is sometimes
referred to as Faraday dark space. The electron density obtained in this 1D model is
different than that obtained in the 2D model due to the fact that the diffusive loss of
electrons to the outer walls and the accumulation of surface charge on the walls is not
modeled.
In Figure 3 the electric potential is plotted along the axial length of the column. Notice
that the potential profile is markedly different from the linear drop in potential which
results in the absence of the plasma. The strong electric field in the cathode region can lead
to high energy ion bombardment of the cathode. Heating of the cathode surface occurs
which may in turn lead to thermal electron emission where additional electrons are emitted
from the cathode surface.
6 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
Figure 3: Plot of the electron temperature along the axial length of the positive column.
Figure 4: Plot of electron temperature along the axial length of the positive column.
7 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
Figure 5: Plot of the mass fraction of excited argon atoms.
8 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
The plasma current due to electrons, ions and their sum is plotted in Figure 7. As
expected, the ion current is highest at the cathode and increases sharply in the cathode fall
region. The ion bombardment of the cathode results in an electron current released from
the electrode. The electron current increases sharply in the cathode fall region because the
high electron temperature results in production of new electrons which then contribute to
the total electron current. Once the electrons pass the cathode fall region the electron
current density further increases due to further production of new electrons through
electron impact ionization with the background gas.
Figure 7: Plot of the electron current density (blue), the ion current density (green) and the
total current density (red) in the positive column.
Reference
1. M.A. Lieberman and A.J. Lichtenberg, Principles of Plasma Discharges and Materials
Processing, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
9 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 1D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Plasma (plas).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
7 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Discretization in
the menu.
GEOMETRY 1
The geometry interval is defined to be consistent with the 2D version of the model, which
is available in the Application Library.
Interval 1 (i1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Interval.
2 In the Settings window for Interval, locate the Interval section.
3 In the Left endpoint text field, type 0.016.
4 In the Right endpoint text field, type 0.384.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
10 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
Name Expression Unit Description
V0 100[V]*ramp V Applied voltage
Wf 5 Surface work function
p0 0.1[torr] Pa Gas pressure
PLASMA (PLAS)
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 In the pA text field, type p0.
4 Locate the Electron Density and Energy section. In the eNn text field, type mueN.
Now change the way the source coefficients for electronic excitation and ionization are
specified. By default, COMSOL Multiphysics computes rate coefficients based on the
cross section data you supplied. For DC discharges, Townsend coefficients provide a
more accurate description of the cathode fall region so they should be used. The
Townsend coefficients are typically computed using the Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term
Approximation interface.
11 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
2: e+Ar=>e+Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click 2: e+Ar=>
e+Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Electron Impact Reaction, locate the Collision section.
3 From the Specify reaction using list, choose Use lookup table.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. From the Rate constant form list, choose
Townsend coefficient.
5 Click Load from File.
6 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
town2.txt.
4: e+Ar=>2e+Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click 4: e+Ar=>
2e+Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Electron Impact Reaction, locate the Collision section.
3 From the Specify reaction using list, choose Use lookup table.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. From the Rate constant form list, choose
Townsend coefficient.
5 Click Load from File.
6 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
town4.txt.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
12 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
When solving a reacting flow problem there always needs to be one species which is
selected to fullfill the mass constraint. This should be taken as the species with the
largest mass fraction.
Species: Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
When solving a plasma problem the plasma must be initially charge neutral. COMSOL
automatically computes the initial concentration of a selected ionic species such that the
electroneutrality constraint is satisfied.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Now add a surface reaction which describes the neutralization of argon ions on the
electrode. Secondary emission of electrons is required to sustain the discharge, so enter
the emission coefficient and an estimate of the mean energy of the secondary electrons
based on the ionization energy threshold and the work function of the surface.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Select Boundary 1 only.
Make the secondary emission coefficient 0.35 and set the mean energy of the secondary
electrons to be the ionization energy (given by the expression plas.de_4) minus twice
the work function of the electrode.
5 Locate the Secondary Emission Parameters section. In the i text field, type 0.35.
13 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
6 In the i text field, type plas.de_4-2*Wf.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Select Boundary 2 only.
Surface Reaction 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 Select Boundaries 1 and 2 only.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 Select Boundary 1 only.
Metal Contact 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Metal Contact.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Metal Contact, locate the Terminal section.
4 In the V0 text field, type V0.
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Edge.
Edge 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Edge 1 and
choose Distribution.
Distribution 1
1 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Distribution section.
2 From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined distribution type.
14 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
3 In the Number of elements text field, type 350.
4 In the Element ratio text field, type 8.
5 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
6 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
7 Click Build All.
STUDY 1
RESULTS
15 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
3 From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (m).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Electron temperature (eV).
8 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Excited Argon Mass Fraction in
the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (m).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Mass fraction of excited Argon (1).
Line Graph 1
1 On the Excited Argon Mass Fraction toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mass fractions>plas.wArs - Mass fraction.
4 On the Excited Argon Mass Fraction toolbar, click Plot.
16 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Argon Ion Number Density in the
Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (m).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Argon ion number density (1/m<sup>3</sup>).
Line Graph 1
1 On the Argon Ion Number Density toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wAr_1p - Number density.
4 On the Argon Ion Number Density toolbar, click Plot.
Line Graph 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Results>Current Density node, then click Line
Graph 1.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Current>Electron current density>plas.Jelx - Electron current density, x component.
3 Click to expand the Quality section. From the Resolution list, choose No refinement.
17 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
4 From the Recover list, choose Within domains.
5 Click to expand the Legends section. Select the Show legends check box.
6 From the Legends list, choose Manual.
7 On the Current Density toolbar, click Plot.
8 In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Electron current density
Line Graph 2
1 Right-click Results>Current Density>Line Graph 1 and choose Duplicate.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Species>Species wAr_1p>Ion current density>plas.Jix_wAr_1p - Ion current
density, x component.
3 On the Current Density toolbar, click Plot.
4 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Ion current density
Line Graph 1
Right-click Line Graph 1 and choose Duplicate.
Line Graph 3
1 In the Settings window for Line Graph, locate the y-Axis Data section.
2 In the Expression text field, type plas.Jix_wAr_1p+plas.Jelx.
3 Locate the Legends section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Legends
Total current density
18 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE, 1D
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
DC Glow Discharge
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
DC glow discharges in the low pressure regime have long been used for gas lasers and
fluorescent lamps. DC discharges are attractive to study because the solution is time
independent. This model shows how to use the Plasma interface to set up an analysis of a
positive column. The discharge is sustained by emission of secondary electrons at the
cathode.
Model Definition
The DC discharge consists of two electrodes, one powered (the anode) and one grounded
(the cathode). The positive column is coupled to an external circuit:
1000
DOMAIN EQUATIONS
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
where:
e = ( e E )n e D e n e
2 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions which contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (1/m3). For DC discharges
it is better practice to use Townsend coefficients instead of rate coefficients to define
reaction rates. Townsend coefficients provide a better description of what happens in the
cathode fall region Ref 1. When Townsend coefficients are used, the electron source term
is given by:
Re = xj j Nn e
j=1
where j is the Townsend coefficient for reaction j (m2) and e is the electron flux as
defined above (1/(m2s)). Townsend coefficients can increase the stability of the
numerical scheme when the electron flux is field driven as is the case with DC discharges.
The electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all
reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (V). The rate coefficients may be computed
from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
3 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
where = (2q/me)1/2 (C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (kg), is energy (V), k is
the collision cross section (m2) and f is the electron energy distribution function. In this
case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed. When Townsend coefficients are used, the electron
energy loss is taken as:
R = xj j Nn e j
j=1
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Unlike RF discharges, the mechanism for sustaining the discharge is emission of secondary
electrons from the cathode. An electron is emitted from the cathode surface with a
specified probability when struck by an ion. These electrons are then accelerated by the
strong electric field close to the cathode where they acquire enough energy to initiate
ionization. The net result is a rapid increase in the electron density close to the cathode in
a region often known as the cathode fall or Crookes dark space.
Electrons are lost to the wall due to random motion within a few mean free paths of the
wall and gained due to secondary emission effects, resulting in the following boundary
condition for the electron flux:
4 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
n e = --- e, th n e
1
2 p ( p n ) (1)
p
n = --- e, th n
5
6 p p ( p n ) (2)
p
The second term on the right-hand side of Equation 1 is the gain of electrons due to
secondary emission effects, p being the secondary emission coefficient. The second term
in Equation 2 is the secondary emission energy flux, p being the mean energy of the
secondary electrons. For the heavy species, ions are lost to the wall due to surface reactions
and the fact that the electric field is directed towards the wall:
n j k = M w R k + M w c k Z k ( E n ) [ Z k k ( E n ) > 0 ]
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
Argon is one of the simplest mechanisms to implement at low pressures. The electronically
excited states can be lumped into a single species which results in a chemical mechanism
consisting of only 3 species and 7 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
In this discharge, the electron density and density of excited species is relatively low so
stepwise ionization is not as important as in high density discharges. In addition to
volumetric reactions, the following surface reactions are implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
5 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
When a metastable argon atom makes contact with the wall, it reverts to the ground state
argon atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
In Figure 4 the electric potential is plotted along the axial length of the column. Notice
that the potential profile is markedly different from the linear drop in potential which
results in the absence of the plasma. The strong electric field in the cathode region can lead
to high energy ion bombardment of the cathode. Heating of the cathode surface occurs
6 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
which may in turn lead to thermal electron emission where additional electrons are emitted
from the cathode surface.
Figure 3: Plot of electron temperature along the axial length of the positive column.
7 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Figure 4: Plot of the electric potential along the axial length of the positive column.
8 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Figure 5: Plot of electric potential along the axial length of the positive column.
Figure 6: Plot of the electron temperature along the axial length of the positive column.
9 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Figure 7: Plot of the electron density along the axial length of the positive column.
10 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Figure 9: Plot of the number density of argon ions.
Reference
1. M.A. Lieberman and A.J. Lichtenberg, Principles of Plasma Discharges and Materials
Processing, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
11 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Plasma (plas).
3 Click Add.
4 Click Study.
5 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies>Time Dependent.
6 Click Done.
GEOMETRY 1
Rectangle 1 (r1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.05.
4 In the Height text field, type 0.4.
Rectangle 2 (r2)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.0375.
4 In the Height text field, type 6e-3.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.01.
Rectangle 3 (r3)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Rectangle.
2 In the Settings window for Rectangle, locate the Size and Shape section.
3 In the Width text field, type 0.0375.
4 In the Height text field, type 6e-3.
5 Locate the Position section. In the z text field, type 0.384.
Compose 1 (co1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Booleans and Partitions and choose Compose.
2 Select the object r1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Compose, locate the Compose section.
4 In the Set formula text field, type r1-r2-r3.
12 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Bzier Polygon 1 (b1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Bzier Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Bzier Polygon, locate the Polygon Segments section.
3 Find the Added segments subsection. Click Add Linear.
4 Find the Control points subsection. In row 1, set z to 0.02.
5 In row 2, set r to 0.0375 and z to 0.02.
6 Click Build All Objects.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Cathode in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
7 Select Boundaries 3, 5, and 10 only.
13 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Explicit 2
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 2 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Anode in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
7 Select Boundaries 6, 8, and 11 only.
Explicit 3
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 3 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Walls in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
7 Select Boundaries 2, 9, and 12 only.
Explicit 4
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 4 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type All Walls in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
7 Select Boundaries 2, 3, 5, 6, and 812 only.
Explicit 5
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Model Builder window, right-click Explicit 5 and choose Rename.
3 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Non Cathode Walls in the New label text field.
4 Click OK.
5 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
6 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
14 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
7 Select Boundaries 2, 6, 8, 9, 11, and 12 only.
PLASMA (PLAS)
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 In the pA text field, type p0.
4 Locate the Electron Density and Energy section. In the eNn text field, type mueN.
You change the way the source coefficients for electronic excitation and ionization are
specified. By default, COMSOL computes rate coefficients based on the cross section
data you supplied. For DC discharges, Townsend coefficients provide a more accurate
description of the cathode fall region so they should be used. The Townsend coefficients
are typically computed using the Boltzmann Equation, Two-Term Approximation interface.
2: e+Ar=>e+Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click 2: e+Ar=>
e+Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Electron Impact Reaction, locate the Collision section.
3 From the Specify reaction using list, choose Use lookup table.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. From the Rate constant form list, choose
Townsend coefficient.
5 Click Load from File.
6 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
town2.txt.
15 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
4: e+Ar=>2e+Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click 4: e+Ar=>
2e+Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Electron Impact Reaction, locate the Collision section.
3 From the Specify reaction using list, choose Use lookup table.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. From the Rate constant form list, choose
Townsend coefficient.
5 Click Load from File.
6 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
town4.txt.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
When solving a reacting flow problem there always needs to be one species which is
selected to fullfill the mass constraint. This should be taken as the species with the
largest mass fraction.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Species: Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
16 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
3 From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
When solving a plasma problem the plasma must be initially charge neutral. COMSOL
automatically computes the initial concentration of a selected ionic species such that the
electroneutrality constraint is satisfied.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose All Walls.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 In the Settings window for Ground, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Cathode.
Metal Contact 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Metal Contact.
2 In the Settings window for Metal Contact, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Anode.
4 Locate the Terminal section. In the V0 text field, type V0.
5 Locate the Quick Circuit Settings section. From the Quick circuit type list, choose Series
RC circuit.
Dielectric Contact 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Dielectric Contact.
2 In the Settings window for Dielectric Contact, locate the Boundary Selection section.
17 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Now you add a surface reaction which describes the neutralization of Argon ions on the
electrode. Secondary emission of electrons is required to sustain the discharge, so you
enter the emission coefficient and an estimate of the mean energy of the secondary
electrons based on the ionization energy threshold and the work function of the surface.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Cathode.
Make the secondary emission coefficient 0.25 and set the mean energy of the secondary
electrons to be the ionization energy (given by the expression plas.de_4) minus twice
the work function of the electrode.
5 Locate the Secondary Emission Parameters section. In the i text field, type 0.25.
6 In the i text field, type plas.de_4-2*Wf.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose Non Cathode Walls.
Surface Reaction 3
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
4 Locate the Boundary Selection section. From the Selection list, choose All Walls.
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
More Operations>Edge.
Edge 1
Select Boundaries 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, and 14 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Size.
18 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 0.001.
7 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
8 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
Free Triangular 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 right-click Free
Triangular 1 and choose Size.
Size 1
1 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
2 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
STUDY 1
19 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
8 In the Number of values text field, type 21.
9 From the Function to apply to all values list, choose exp10.
10 Click Add.
11 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Selection
1 On the Results toolbar, click Selection.
2 In the Settings window for Selection, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 From the Selection list, choose All Walls.
Cut Line 2D 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click Cut Line 2D.
2 In the Settings window for Cut Line 2D, locate the Line Data section.
3 In row Point 1, set z to 0.016.
4 In row Point 2, set r to 0 and z to 0.384.
Mirror 2D 1
On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Mirror 2D.
20 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
4 On the Electron Temperature (plas) toolbar, click Plot.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 4
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electric Potential on Axis in the
Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (x).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Electric Potential (V).
8 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
Line Graph 1
1 On the Electric Potential on Axis toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Electrostatics)>
Electric>V - Electric potential.
1D Plot Group 5
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electron Temperature on Axis in
the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
21 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (x).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Electron Temperature (V).
8 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
Line Graph 1
1 On the Electron Temperature on Axis toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron energy density>plas.Te - Electron temperature.
3 On the Electron Temperature on Axis toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 6
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Electron Density on Axis in the
Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (x).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Electron Density (1/m^3).
8 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
Line Graph 1
1 On the Electron Density on Axis toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Drift Diffusion)>
Electron density>plas.ne - Electron density.
3 On the Electron Density on Axis toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 7
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
22 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Excited Argon Number Density on
Axis in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (x).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Excited Argon Density (1/m^3).
8 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
Line Graph 1
1 On the Excited Argon Number Density on Axis toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wArs - Number density.
3 On the Excited Argon Number Density on Axis toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
1D Plot Group 8
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Argon Ion Number Density on Axis
in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time selection list, choose Last.
4 Locate the Plot Settings section. Select the x-axis label check box.
5 In the associated text field, type Distance (x).
6 Select the y-axis label check box.
7 In the associated text field, type Argon +1 Density (1/m^3).
8 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Cut Line 2D 1.
Line Graph 1
1 On the Argon Ion Number Density on Axis toolbar, click Line Graph.
2 In the Settings window for Line Graph, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner
of the y-axis data section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Number densities>plas.n_wAr_1p - Number density.
3 On the Argon Ion Number Density on Axis toolbar, click Plot.
4 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
23 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
24 | DC GLOW DISCHARGE
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
Surface chemistry is often the most important and most overlooked aspect of reacting flow
modeling. Surface rate expressions can be hard to find or not even exist at all. Often it is
preferable to use sticking coefficients to describe surface reactions because they can be
estimated intuitively.
Model Definition
The tutorial model simulates outgassing from a wafer during a chemical vapor deposition
(CVD) process. Careful attention is paid to the overall mass balance in the system and the
difference between the mass averaged velocity and diffusion velocity is explored. The
geometry and operating principle for the model is shown in Figure 1. Initially the closed
container is full of 99.9% silicon hydride and 0.1% hydrogen (measured by molar content).
Figure 1: Geometry and basic operating principle for the surface chemistry tutorial model.
A surface reaction begins to occur on the wafer which consumes the silicon hydride,
releases hydrogen into the domain, alters the composition of the absorbed species on the
2 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
wafer surface and deposits bulk silicon. The following reactions are considered on the
surface of the wafer:
TABLE 0-1: SURFACE REACTIONS CONSIDERED
SiH4+2Si(s)=>Si(b)+2SiH(s)+H2 1E-4
SiH(s)=>Si(s)+0.5H2 1E-4
The (s) here denotes surface species which means that the species only exists on the
surfaces where the reaction is occurring. To indicate that a species is bulk, append (b) to
the end of the species. Since bulk species cannot participate in surface reactions, they must
only be products and not reactants in a surface reaction. The net result of these two
competing reactions is SiH4=>Si(b)+2H2, which means it is expected that the silane is
replaced by hydrogen inside the reactor, and layers of silicon deposited on the wafer
surface.
ck
f
q i = k f, i ki
k=1
i
k f, i = -------------------- ------------------
1 1 8RT
- --- ------------
1 i 2 ( ) m 4 M
tot n
N
d
dt
= qi i
i=1
where is the surface site concentration (mol/m2), qi is the reaction rate for reaction i
(mol/m2), i is the change in site occupancy number for reaction i (dimensionless).
3 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
dZ k R
= ----------
dt tot
where tot is the total surface site concentration (mol/m2), Zk is the site fraction
(dimensionless) and R is the surface rate expression (mol/m2).
For the bulk surface species, the following equation is solved for the deposition height:
dh RM w
= --------------
dt
where h is the total growth height (m), M is the molecular weight (kg/mol) and is the
density of the bulk species (kg/m3).
DOMAIN EQUATIONS
Inside the domain, the Navier-Stokes equations are solved for the fluid velocity. The mass
fraction of hydrogen is computed by solving:
( w ) + ( u )w = j
t
where w is the mass fraction of hydrogen. For detailed information on the transport of the
non-electron species see Theory for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma
Module Users Guide. The mass fraction of silane is not directly computed. Its value
comes from the fact that the sum of the mass fractions must equal one. The gas
temperature is computed by solving the energy equation.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Fluid Flow
The following boundary conditions are used. The mass averaged velocity is constrained
using:
Mf
u = ------- n
where Mf is the inward (or outward in this example) mass flux which is defined, from the
surface chemistry as:
Kg
Mf = Mk sk
k=1
4 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
where sk is the surface rate expression for each species which comes from summing the
surface reaction rates multiplied by their stoichiometric coefficients over all surface
reactions:
I
sk = ki qi
i=1
n j = Mk sk
Energy Equation
For the energy equation, the following boundary condition is used:
n T = qi hi
i=1
5 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
of 0.032 kg/mol and replacing it with hydrogen, which has a lower molecular weight of
0.002 kg/mol.
The surface reactions begin to consume the silane which results in concentration gradients
within the reactor. The outward mass flux at the wafer surface leads to a mass averaged
velocity everywhere inside the reactor. The combination of concentration gradients and
convection due to the mass averaged velocity tends to draw silane to wards the wafer. The
first surface reaction is exothermic while the second surface reaction is endothermic. The
amount of heat released by the exothermic reaction dominates, so the temperature begins
to increase. The temperature is plotted in Figure 3 and is highest on the wafer surface.
6 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Figure 3: Plot of the change in gas temperature after 5 seconds. The higher temperature is
observed at the wafer surface due to the heat released in the surface reactions.
From the net reaction SiH4=>Si(b)+2H2 there should be a molar inflow of hydrogen at
twice the rate that silane is leaving. Although this condition is not applied explicitly, it is
implicit from the equations solved in the Heavy Species transport interface. Despite the
fact that there is a negative mass averaged velocity, there is a positive diffusion velocity for
the hydrogen at the wafer surface. The y-component of the diffusion velocity for hydrogen
is plotted in Figure 4.
7 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Figure 4: Plot of the y-component of the diffusion velocity for hydrogen after 5 seconds. Even
though the mass averaged velocity is negative, the diffusion velocity is positive indicating an
inflow of hydrogen and a net outflow of total mass.
Figure 5 plots the integrated pressure in the reactor divided by the initial average pressure
in the reactor. Once the problem reaches steady state the average pressure in the reactor
has increased by a factor of 2. This is expected since every mole of silane is being replaced
by two moles of hydrogen. The silane in the reactor is completely consumed after around
200 seconds.
8 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Figure 5: Plot of the ratio of the average pressure at time t divided by the average initial
pressure.
In Figure 6 the total mass initially present in the reactor divided by the total mass in the
reactor is plotted. The total mass in the reactor drops by a factor of 8, which is expected
since the silane with molecular mass 0.032 kg/mol is replaced with two moles of hydrogen
which has a molecular weight of 20.002=0.004 kg/mol.
9 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Figure 6: Plot of the total mass in the reactor at t = 0 divided by the total mass at t = t.
Another way of verifying the correctness of the model is to compare the mass lost inside
the reactor to the mass accumulated on the wafer surface. The two quantities should be
equal. The total gain in mass from surface and bulk species is compared to the total loss in
mass from the reactor in Figure 7. The two curves agree very well indicating that the total
mass in the entire system is conserved.
10 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Figure 7: Plot of the total mass lost in the domain (blue) and the total mass gained due to
Silicon deposition on the wafer surface (green).
The ultimate goal of most CVD models is to determine the total growth height and
growth rate on the surface of the wafer. The total growth height is plotted in Figure 8 and
saturates at about 159 Angstroms. The total growth rate saturates because all the silane in
the reactor is consumed after around 200 seconds. The accumulated growth height is also
very uniform across the surface of the wafer.
11 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Figure 8: Plot of the growth height (surface and z-axis) vs. the wafer arc length (x-axis) and
time (y-axis). The final height of deposited silicon is 158 .
Reference
1. R.J. Kee, M.E. Coltrin, and P. Glarborg, Chemically Reacting Flow Theory and
Practice, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
12 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Heavy Species Transport (hs).
3 Click Add.
4 In the Select Physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Laminar Flow (spf).
5 Click Add.
6 In the Select Physics tree, select Heat Transfer>Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht).
7 Click Add.
8 Click Study.
9 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Physics Interfaces>Time
Dependent.
10 Click Done.
11 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Stabilization in
the menu.
12 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Discretization in
the menu.
GEOMETRY 1
Square 1 (sq1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Square.
2 In the Settings window for Square, locate the Size section.
3 In the Side length text field, type 0.1.
4 Click Build All Objects.
Polygon 1 (pol1)
1 On the Geometry toolbar, click Primitives and choose Polygon.
2 In the Settings window for Polygon, locate the Coordinates section.
3 In the x text field, type 0.03 0.07.
4 In the y text field, type 0 0.
DEFINITIONS
Variables 1
1 On the Home toolbar, click Variables and choose Local Variables.
2 In the Settings window for Variables, locate the Variables section.
13 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Integration 1 (intop1)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
Integration 2 (intop2)
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Component Couplings and choose Integration.
2 In the Settings window for Integration, locate the Source Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 4 only.
H E AV Y S P E C I E S TR A N S P O R T ( H S )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Heavy Species Transport
(hs).
2 In the Settings window for Heavy Species Transport, locate the Transport Settings
section.
14 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
3 Select the Calculate thermodynamic properties check box.
4 Clear the Migration in electric field check box.
5 Select the Convection check box.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type SiH4+2Si(s)=>Si(b)+2SiH(s)+H2.
4 Select Boundary 4 only.
5 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the f text field, type 1E-4.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type SiH(s)=>Si(s)+0.5H2.
4 Select Boundary 4 only.
5 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the f text field, type 1E-4.
Species: SiH4
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heavy Species Transport (hs)
click Species: SiH4.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose SiH4.
Species: H2
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heavy Species Transport (hs)
click Species: H2.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 From the Preset species data list, choose H2.
4 In the x0 text field, type 1E-3.
Species: Si(s)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heavy Species Transport (hs)
click Species: Si(s).
2 In the Settings window for Surface Species, locate the General Parameters section.
15 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
3 From the Preset species data list, choose Si.
4 Locate the Surface Species Parameters section. In the Zk, 0 text field, type 0.995.
Species: Si(b)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heavy Species Transport (hs)
click Species: Si(b).
2 In the Settings window for Surface Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 From the Preset species data list, choose Si.
Species: SiH(s)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heavy Species Transport (hs)
click Species: SiH(s).
2 In the Settings window for Surface Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 From the Preset species data list, choose SiH.
4 Locate the Surface Species Parameters section. In the Zk, 0 text field, type 0.005.
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Flow (spf) node,
then click Fluid Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the list, choose Density (hs/cdm1).
4 From the list, choose Dynamic viscosity (hs/cdm1).
Since the density variation is not small, the flow can not be regarded as incompressible.
Therefore set the flow to be compressible.
5 In the Model Builder window, click Laminar Flow (spf).
6 In the Settings window for Laminar Flow, locate the Physical Model section.
16 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
7 From the Compressibility list, choose Compressible flow (Ma<0.3).
8 Click to expand the Consistent stabilization section. Locate the Consistent Stabilization
section. Find the Navier-Stokes equations subsection. Clear the Crosswind diffusion check
box.
9 Click to expand the Discretization section. From the Discretization of fluids list, choose
P2+P1.
Define the pressure reference level in the interface properties.
10 Locate the Physical Model section. Find the Reference values subsection. In the pref text
field, type 13.3.
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Mass flow.
5 Locate the Mass Flow section. From the Mass flow type list, choose Pointwise mass flux.
6 From the Mf list, choose Inward mass flux (hs).
Reaction forces must apply to the velocities only in order to avoid undesired couplings
to the surface reactions, so use a unidirectional constraint.
7 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced Physics
Options in the menu.
8 Click to expand the Constraint settings section. Locate the Constraint Settings section.
From the Apply reaction terms on list, choose Individual dependent variables.
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N F L U I D S ( H T )
Fluid 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Component 1 (comp1)>Heat Transfer in Fluids
(ht) node, then click Fluid 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 From the pA list, choose Absolute pressure (spf).
4 From the u list, choose Velocity field (spf).
5 Locate the Heat Conduction, Fluid section. From the k list, choose Thermal conductivity
(hs/cdm1).
6 Locate the Thermodynamics, Fluid section. From the Fluid type list, choose Ideal gas.
17 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
7 From the Gas constant type list, choose Mean molar mass.
8 From the Mn list, choose Mean molar mass (hs/cdm1).
9 From the Cp list, choose Mass-averaged mixture specific heat (hs/cdm1).
10 In the Model Builder window, click Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht).
Temperature 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundaries 1, 3, and 6 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type 300.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, type 300 in the T text field.
MESH 1
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Mesh 1 and choose
Size.
Size 1
1 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Geometric Entity Selection section.
2 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Point.
3 Select Points 3 and 4 only.
4 Locate the Element Size section. From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
5 Click the Custom button.
6 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
7 In the associated text field, type 0.0002.
18 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Edge 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
Free Triangular 1
In the Settings window for Free Triangular, click Build All.
STUDY 1
Solution 1 (sol1)
1 On the Study toolbar, click Show Default Solver.
2 In the Model Builder window, expand the Study 1>Solver Configurations node.
3 In the Model Builder window, expand the Solution 1 (sol1) node.
4 In the Model Builder window, under Study 1>Solver Configurations>Solution 1 (sol1) click
Time-Dependent Solver 1.
5 In the Settings window for Time-Dependent Solver, click to expand the Absolute
tolerance section.
6 Locate the Absolute Tolerance section. From the Global method list, choose Unscaled.
7 Click to expand the Time stepping section. Locate the Time Stepping section. In the Initial
step text field, type 0.001.
8 On the Study toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
Velocity (spf)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Velocity (spf).
19 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 5.
Surface
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Velocity (spf) node, then click Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Laminar Flow>Velocity and
pressure>Velocity field>v - Velocity field, y component.
3 On the Velocity (spf) toolbar, click Plot.
Temperature (ht)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Results click Temperature (ht).
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, locate the Data section.
3 From the Time (s) list, choose 5.
Surface
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Temperature (ht) node, then click Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, locate the Expression section.
3 In the Expression text field, type T-300[K].
4 On the Temperature (ht) toolbar, click Plot.
5 Click the Zoom Extents button on the Graphics toolbar.
2D Plot Group 6
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Diffusion Velocity, Hydrogen in
the Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Time (s) list, choose 5.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Diffusion Velocity, Hydrogen and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Heavy Species Transport>
Species>Species wH2>Diffusion velocity>hs.Vdy_wH2 - Diffusion velocity, y component.
3 On the Diffusion Velocity, Hydrogen toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 7
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
20 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Average Pressure Divided by
Average Initial Pressure in the Label text field.
3 Click to expand the Legend section. From the Position list, choose Lower right.
Global 1
1 On the Average Pressure Divided by Average Initial Pressure toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, click to expand the Legends section.
3 Find the Include subsection. Select the Expression check box.
4 Clear the Description check box.
5 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the table, enter the following settings:
6 On the Average Pressure Divided by Average Initial Pressure toolbar, click Plot.
1D Plot Group 8
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Density Ratio in the Label text field.
3 Locate the Legend section. From the Position list, choose Lower right.
Global 1
1 On the Density Ratio toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the Legends section.
3 Find the Include subsection. Select the Expression check box.
4 Clear the Description check box.
5 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the table, enter the following settings:
1D Plot Group 9
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 1D Plot Group.
21 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
2 In the Settings window for 1D Plot Group, type Total Reactor Mass in the Label text
field.
3 Locate the Legend section. From the Position list, choose Lower right.
Global 1
1 On the Total Reactor Mass toolbar, click Global.
2 In the Settings window for Global, locate the Legends section.
3 Find the Include subsection. Select the Expression check box.
4 Clear the Description check box.
5 Locate the y-Axis Data section. In the table, enter the following settings:
Edge 2D 1
1 On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Edge 2D.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
Parametric Extrusion 1D 1
On the Results toolbar, click More Data Sets and choose Parametric Extrusion 1D.
2D Plot Group 10
1 On the Results toolbar, click 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Bulk Silicon Growth Height in the
Label text field.
3 Locate the Data section. From the Data set list, choose Parametric Extrusion 1D 1.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Bulk Silicon Growth Height and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Heavy Species Transport>
Etching and deposition>Si bulk>h_Si_bulk - Accumulated growth height.
3 Locate the Expression section. From the Unit list, choose .
4 Right-click Results>Bulk Silicon Growth Height>Surface 1 and choose Height Expression.
22 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Height Expression 1
On the Bulk Silicon Growth Height toolbar, click Plot.
23 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
24 | S U R F A C E C H E M I S T R Y TU T O R I A L
Created in COMSOL Multiphysics 5.2a
Thermal Plasma
This model is licensed under the COMSOL Software License Agreement 5.2a.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. See www.comsol.com/trademarks.
Introduction
Low pressure discharges are characterized by the fact that the electron temperature is
much higher than the neutral gas temperature. As the gas pressure increases, the number
of collisions between the electrons and neutrals increases. At high enough pressures the
electron temperature becomes equal to the gas temperature. At this point the plasma is in
local thermodynamic equilibrium and a much simpler MHD model can be used to model
the plasma.
This model simulates a plasma at medium pressure (2 torr) where the gas temperature
cannot be assumed to be constant but the plasma is still not in local thermodynamic
equilibrium. In Figure 1 the electron (blue) and gas (black) temperatures are plotted as a
function of pressure. At low pressures the two temperatures are decoupled but as the
pressure increases the temperatures tend towards the same limit. There are no axes on the
plot since the exact temperature and pressure depends strongly on the gas in question.
Molecular gases tend to heat more easily than atomic gases for to the following reasons:
Note: This application requires the Plasma Module and AC/DC Module.
2 | THERMAL PLASMA
Figure 1: Plot of electron (blue) and gas (black) temperature v.s. pressure. At higher pressures
the two temperatures become equal.
Model Definition
The electron density and mean electron energy are computed by solving a pair of
drift-diffusion equations for the electron density and mean electron energy. Convection of
electrons due to fluid motion is neglected. For detailed information on electron transport
see Theory for the Drift Diffusion Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
n
( ) + [ n e ( e E ) D e n e ] = R e
t e
n
( ) + [ n ( E ) D n ] + E e = R
t
The electron source Re and the energy loss due to inelastic collisions R are defined later.
The electron diffusivity, energy mobility, and energy diffusivity are computed from the
electron mobility using:
3 | THERMAL PLASMA
D e = e T e, = --- e, D = T e
5
3
The source coefficients in the above equations are determined by the plasma chemistry
using rate coefficients. Suppose that there are M reactions that contribute to the growth
or decay of electron density and P inelastic electron-neutral collisions. In general P >> M.
In the case of rate coefficients, the electron source term is given by:
Re = x j kj Nn ne
j=1
where xj is the mole fraction of the target species for reaction j, kj is the rate coefficient for
reaction j (SI unit: m3/s), and Nn is the total neutral number density (SI unit: 1/m3). The
electron energy loss is obtained by summing the collisional energy loss over all reactions:
R = xj kj Nn ne j
j=1
where j is the energy loss from reaction j (SI unit: V). The rate coefficients can be
computed from cross section data by the following integral:
kk = 0 k ( )f ( ) d
where = (2q/me)1/2 (SI unit: C1/2/kg1/2), me is the electron mass (SI unit: kg), is
energy (SI unit: V), k is the collision cross section (SI unit: m2), and f is the electron
energy distribution function. In this case a Maxwellian EEDF is assumed.
For non-electron species, the following equation is solved for the mass fraction of each
species. For detailed information on the transport of the non-electron species see Theory
for the Heavy Species Transport Interface in the Plasma Module Users Guide.
( w k ) + ( u )w k = j k + R k
t
0 r V =
The space charge density is automatically computed based on the plasma chemistry
specified in the model using the formula:
4 | THERMAL PLASMA
N
= q Z k n k n e
k = 1
For detailed information about electrostatics see Theory for the Electrostatics Interface in
the Plasma Module Users Guide.
PLASMA CHEMISTRY
Argon is one of the simplest mechanisms to implement at low pressures. The electronically
excited states can be lumped into a single species which results in a chemical mechanism
consisting of only 3 species and 7 reactions:
TABLE 1: TABLE OF COLLISIONS AND REACTIONS MODELED
Stepwise ionization (reaction 5) can play an important role in sustaining low pressure
argon discharges. Excited argon atoms are consumed via superelastic collisions with
electrons, quenching with neutral argon atoms, ionization or Penning ionization where
two metastable argon atoms react to form a neutral argon atom, an argon ion and an
electron. Reaction number 1, elastic collisions with electrons is primarily responsible for
heating of the gas. In addition to volumetric reactions, the following surface reactions are
implemented:
TABLE 2: TABLE OF SURFACE REACTIONS
1 Ars=>Ar 1
2 Ar+=>Ar 1
When a metastable argon atom makes contact with the wall, it reverts to the ground state
argon atom with some probability (the sticking coefficient).
5 | THERMAL PLASMA
ELECTRICAL EXCITATION
The reactor geometry is simply a cylindrical glass tube with a 4 turn coil wrapped around
it. Gas flows in from the bottom and exits out of the top. The gas is heated through elastic
and inelastic collisions. The inelastic collisions are responsible for the bulk of the gas
heating. A fixed power of 700 W is applied to the coil.
Coil
Inlet
Figure 2: Schematic of the ICP reactor. Flow enters from the base and leaves out the top.
6 | THERMAL PLASMA
Results and Discussion
7 | THERMAL PLASMA
Figure 4: Plot of the electron temperature inside the plasma source.
8 | THERMAL PLASMA
Figure 6: Plot of the velocity field.
9 | THERMAL PLASMA
Figure 8: Plot of the mass fraction of ground state argon.
10 | THERMAL PLASMA
Reference
1. M.A. Lieberman and A.J. Lichtenberg, Principles of Plasma Discharges and Materials
Processing, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
Modeling Instructions
From the File menu, choose New.
NEW
In the New window, click Model Wizard.
MODEL WIZARD
1 In the Model Wizard window, click 2D Axisymmetric.
2 In the Select Physics tree, select Plasma>Inductively Coupled Plasma.
3 Click Add.
4 In the Select Physics tree, select Fluid Flow>Single-Phase Flow>Laminar Flow (spf).
5 Click Add.
6 In the Select Physics tree, select Heat Transfer>Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht).
7 Click Add.
8 Click Study.
9 In the Select Study tree, select Preset Studies for Selected Multiphysics>
Frequency-Transient.
10 Click Done.
11 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Advanced Physics
Options in the menu.
12 In the Model Builder windows toolbar, click the Show button and select Stabilization in
the menu.
11 | THERMAL PLASMA
GEOMETRY 1
Import 1 (imp1)
1 On the Home toolbar, click Import.
2 In the Settings window for Import, locate the Import section.
3 Click Browse.
4 Browse to the applications Application Libraries folder and double-click the file
thermal_plasma.mphbin.
5 Click Import.
GLOBAL DEFINITIONS
Parameters
1 On the Home toolbar, click Parameters.
2 In the Settings window for Parameters, locate the Parameters section.
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
DEFINITIONS
Explicit 1
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 Right-click Explicit 1 and choose Rename.
4 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Plasma in the New label text field.
5 Click OK.
Explicit 2
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 9, 10, 34, and 35 only.
5 Right-click Explicit 2 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Walls in the New label text field.
7 Click OK.
12 | THERMAL PLASMA
Explicit 3
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundary 4 only.
5 Right-click Explicit 3 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Outlet in the New label text field.
7 Click OK.
Explicit 4
1 On the Definitions toolbar, click Explicit.
2 In the Settings window for Explicit, locate the Input Entities section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Boundary.
4 Select Boundaries 12, 13, 1517, 19, 21, 22, 2426, and 2832 only.
5 Right-click Explicit 4 and choose Rename.
6 In the Rename Explicit dialog box, type Coil Walls in the New label text field.
7 Click OK.
Start by importing the cross sections for argon and by activating the convection and
thermodynamic property evaluation.
PLASMA (PLAS)
1 In the Settings window for Plasma, locate the Domain Selection section.
2 From the Selection list, choose Plasma.
13 | THERMAL PLASMA
9 Locate the Plasma Properties section. Select the Use reduced electron transport properties
check box.
Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ars=>e+Ar+Ar+.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 3.734E8.
Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Reaction, locate the Reaction Formula section.
3 In the Formula text field, type Ars+Ar=>Ar+Ar.
4 Locate the Reaction Parameters section. In the kf text field, type 1807.
Ground 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Ground.
2 In the Settings window for Ground, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
Surface Reaction 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
4 Locate the Reaction Formula section. In the Formula text field, type Ar+=>Ar.
Surface Reaction 2
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Surface Reaction.
2 In the Settings window for Surface Reaction, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
4 Locate the Reaction Formula section. In the Formula text field, type Ars=>Ar.
Wall 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Wall.
2 In the Settings window for Wall, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Walls.
14 | THERMAL PLASMA
Species: Ars
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ars.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Outflow.
2 In the Settings window for Outflow, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Outlet.
Species: Ar+
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar+.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Attributes and choose Outflow.
2 In the Settings window for Outflow, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Outlet.
Species: Ar
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species: Ar.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the From mass constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
Species: Ars
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ars.
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the General Parameters section.
3 In the x0 text field, type 1E-4.
4 From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
5 Click to expand the Species thermodynamic parameters section. Locate the Species
Thermodynamic Parameters section. In the h text field, type 11.5.
The thermodynamic properties for the electronically excited Argon atoms can be the
same as for the ground state species plus the threshold energy for the electron impact
reaction. In this case this corresponds to an energy of 11.5eV. This is added in the text
field Additional enthalpy contribution.
Species: Ar+
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Species:
Ar+.
15 | THERMAL PLASMA
2 In the Settings window for Species, locate the Species Formula section.
3 Select the Initial value from electroneutrality constraint check box.
4 Locate the General Parameters section. From the Preset species data list, choose Ar.
5 Click to expand the Species thermodynamic parameters section. Locate the Species
Thermodynamic Parameters section. In the h text field, type 15.8.
The thermodynamic properties for the Argon ions can be the same as for the ground
state species plus the threshold energy for ionization. In this case this corresponds to an
energy of 15.8eV. This is added in the text field Additional enthalpy contribution.
You can set the gas temperature and pressure in the plasma model to the computed gas
pressure and temperature from other physics interfaces. The velocity field is also set to
the velocity field computed from the Laminar Flow interface.
Plasma Model 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Plasma
Model 1.
2 In the Settings window for Plasma Model, locate the Model Inputs section.
3 From the u list, choose Velocity field (spf).
4 From the T list, choose Temperature (ht).
5 From the pA list, choose Absolute pressure (spf).
6 Locate the Electron Density and Energy section. In the eNn text field, type 4E24.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Plasma (plas) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the ne, 0 text field, type 1E15.
4 In the 0 text field, type 3.
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Magnetic Fields (mf).
Coil 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Coil.
2 Select Domains 47 only.
3 In the Settings window for Coil, locate the Coil section.
16 | THERMAL PLASMA
4 From the Coil excitation list, choose Power.
5 Select the Coil group check box.
6 In the Pcoil text field, type 700[W].
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Laminar Flow (spf).
2 In the Settings window for Laminar Flow, locate the Physical Model section.
3 From the Compressibility list, choose Compressible flow (Ma<0.3).
4 Click to expand the Consistent stabilization section. Locate the Consistent Stabilization
section. Find the Navier-Stokes equations subsection. Clear the Crosswind diffusion check
box.
Define the pressure reference level to be zero. This means that absolute pressure values
are used throughout the model.
5 Locate the Physical Model section. Find the Reference values subsection. In the pref text
field, type 0.
6 In the Model Builder window, click Laminar Flow (spf).
7 In the Settings window for Laminar Flow, click to expand the Consistent stabilization
section.
8 Locate the Consistent Stabilization section. Find the Navier-Stokes equations subsection.
Clear the Crosswind diffusion check box.
9 Locate the Domain Selection section. Click Clear Selection.
10 Select Domain 1 only.
11 Click to expand the Equation section. From the Equation form list, choose Stationary.
Fluid Properties 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Laminar Flow (spf) node, then click Fluid
Properties 1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid Properties, locate the Fluid Properties section.
3 From the list, choose Density (plas/pes1).
4 From the list, choose Dynamic viscosity (plas/pes1).
17 | THERMAL PLASMA
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Laminar Flow (spf) click Initial
Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, locate the Initial Values section.
3 In the p text field, type p0.
4 In the Model Builder window, click Laminar Flow (spf).
Inlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Inlet.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
3 In the Settings window for Inlet, locate the Boundary Condition section.
4 From the list, choose Mass flow.
5 Locate the Mass Flow section. From the Mass flow type list, choose Standard flow rate
(SCCM).
6 From the Mn list, choose Mean molar mass (plas/pes1).
7 In the Qsccm text field, type 100*tanh(1E5*t[1/s]).
Outlet 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outlet.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
3 In the Settings window for Outlet, locate the Pressure Conditions section.
4 In the p0 text field, type p0.
H E A T TR A N S F E R I N F L U I D S ( H T )
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) click Heat Transfer in Fluids
(ht).
2 In the Settings window for Heat Transfer in Fluids, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 Click Clear Selection.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
5 Click to expand the Equation section. From the Equation form list, choose Time
dependent.
Fluid 1
1 In the Model Builder window, expand the Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht) node, then click Fluid
1.
2 In the Settings window for Fluid, locate the Model Inputs section.
18 | THERMAL PLASMA
3 From the pA list, choose Absolute pressure (spf).
4 From the u list, choose Velocity field (spf).
5 Locate the Heat Conduction, Fluid section. From the k list, choose Thermal conductivity
(plas/pes1).
6 Locate the Thermodynamics, Fluid section. From the list, choose Density (plas/pes1).
7 From the Cp list, choose Mass-averaged mixture specific heat (plas/pes1).
8 From the list, choose User defined.
Initial Values 1
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1)>Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht)
click Initial Values 1.
2 In the Settings window for Initial Values, type 300 in the T text field.
3 In the Model Builder window, click Heat Transfer in Fluids (ht).
Heat Source 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Domains and choose Heat Source.
2 Select Domain 1 only.
3 In the Settings window for Heat Source, locate the Heat Source section.
4 From the Q0 list, choose Heat source for gas (plas/pes1).
Temperature 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Temperature.
2 Select Boundaries 2, 9, 10, 34, and 35 only.
3 In the Settings window for Temperature, locate the Temperature section.
4 In the T0 text field, type 300.
Outflow 1
1 On the Physics toolbar, click Boundaries and choose Outflow.
2 Select Boundary 4 only.
MATERIALS
In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and choose
Blank Material.
Material 1 (mat1)
1 Select Domain 2 only.
2 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
19 | THERMAL PLASMA
3 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 2 (mat2)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domain 3 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
Material 3 (mat3)
1 In the Model Builder window, under Component 1 (comp1) right-click Materials and
choose Blank Material.
2 Select Domains 47 only.
3 In the Settings window for Material, locate the Material Contents section.
20 | THERMAL PLASMA
4 In the table, enter the following settings:
MESH 1
1 In the Settings window for Mesh, locate the Mesh Settings section.
2 From the Element size list, choose Extra fine.
Edge 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1 and choose More Operations>Edge.
2 Select Boundary 2 only.
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Edge 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extremely fine.
4 Click to expand the Element size parameters section. Locate the Element Size section.
Click the Custom button.
5 Locate the Element Size Parameters section. Select the Maximum element size check box.
6 In the associated text field, type 0.001.
Free Triangular 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
2 In the Settings window for Free Triangular, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
21 | THERMAL PLASMA
Size 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Free Triangular 1 and choose Size.
2 In the Settings window for Size, locate the Element Size section.
3 From the Predefined list, choose Extra fine.
Boundary Layers 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Boundary Layers.
2 In the Settings window for Boundary Layers, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domain 1 only.
Mapped 1
1 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Mapped.
2 In the Settings window for Mapped, locate the Domain Selection section.
3 From the Geometric entity level list, choose Domain.
4 Select Domains 47 only.
Distribution 1
1 Right-click Component 1 (comp1)>Mesh 1>Mapped 1 and choose Distribution.
2 In the Settings window for Distribution, locate the Boundary Selection section.
3 From the Selection list, choose Coil Walls.
4 Locate the Distribution section. From the Distribution properties list, choose Predefined
distribution type.
5 In the Number of elements text field, type 35.
6 In the Element ratio text field, type 8.
7 From the Distribution method list, choose Geometric sequence.
22 | THERMAL PLASMA
8 Select the Symmetric distribution check box.
9 In the Model Builder window, right-click Mesh 1 and choose Free Triangular.
Free Triangular 2
In the Settings window for Free Triangular, click Build All.
STUDY 1
Step 1: Frequency-Transient
1 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
2 In the Times text field, type 0.
3 Click Range.
4 In the Range dialog box, choose Number of values from the Entry method list.
5 In the Start text field, type -8.
6 In the Stop text field, type -2.
7 In the Number of values text field, type 21.
8 From the Function to apply to all values list, choose exp10.
9 Click Add.
10 In the Settings window for Frequency-Transient, locate the Study Settings section.
11 In the Frequency text field, type 13.56E6.
12 On the Home toolbar, click Compute.
RESULTS
2D Plot Group 11
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Argon Mass Fraction in the Label
text field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Argon Mass Fraction and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mass fractions>plas.wAr - Mass fraction.
23 | THERMAL PLASMA
3 On the Argon Mass Fraction toolbar, click Plot.
2D Plot Group 12
1 On the Home toolbar, click Add Plot Group and choose 2D Plot Group.
2 In the Settings window for 2D Plot Group, type Excited Argon Mass Fraction in
the Label text field.
Surface 1
1 Right-click Excited Argon Mass Fraction and choose Surface.
2 In the Settings window for Surface, click Replace Expression in the upper-right corner of
the Expression section. From the menu, choose Component 1>Plasma (Heavy Species
Transport)>Mass fractions>plas.wArs - Mass fraction.
3 On the Excited Argon Mass Fraction toolbar, click Plot.
24 | THERMAL PLASMA